introduction the site is located at darulshafa lucknow · pdf fileintroduction . the site is...

175
1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 N0 TYPE -V RESIDENCES (CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, Contractor should visit the site and acquaint himself of the site conditions and if necessary, he should make his own arrangements at his own cost to make the site suitable for execution. 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK The scope of work includes construction of 40 NO TYPE V RESIDENCES it includes basements with ground plus ten floor towers . Scope of work shall also be inclusive of construction of Retaining wall ,boundary wall ,Gate and External development work including fire fighting, water supply and sewerage, Internal and external electrical work etc complete as shown in the drawings. Work shall be as per Bill of Quantities, Specifications and / or "Good for Construction" drawings to be issued during execution.

Upload: lamthien

Post on 22-Mar-2018

220 views

Category:

Documents


5 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 N0 TYPE -V RESIDENCES (CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

INTRODUCTION

The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, Contractor

should visit the site and acquaint himself of the site conditions and if necessary, he

should make his own arrangements at his own cost to make the site suitable for

execution.

1.0 SCOPE OF WORK

The scope of work includes construction of 40 NO TYPE V RESIDENCES it

includes basements with ground plus ten floor towers . Scope of work shall also be inclusive

of construction of Retaining wall ,boundary wall ,Gate and External development work

including fire fighting, water supply and sewerage, Internal and external electrical work etc

complete as shown in the drawings. Work shall be as per Bill of Quantities, Specifications

and / or "Good for Construction" drawings to be issued during execution.

Page 2: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

2

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES

(CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION

Note: These specifications shall be read in conjunction with the P W D / CPWD Specifications 2009 and other relevant specifications described in these Specifications.

1 The work in general shall be carried out as per the specifications enclosed with the tender

,CPWD specifications, 2009 /P W D (updated with correction slips issued up-to last date of

submission of tender) and Text of revised CPWD Specifications for Cement Mortar, Cement

Concrete and RCC Works unless otherwise specified in the nomenclature of the individual item

or in the particular specifications for civil works and CPWD specification, 1994 for Electrical

Works (updated with correction slips issued up-to last date of submission of tender).

2 In the absence of any definite provisions or any particular issue in the aforesaid specification,

reference may be made too the latest codes and specifications of IRC, BS, ASTM, AASHTO,

MORTH and CAN/CAS in that order. Where even these are silent, the construction and

completion of works shall conform to sound engineering practice as approved by the

Engineer-in-Charge. In case of any disputes arises out of the interpretation of the above, the

decision of the Engineer-in-Charge shall be final and binding on the Contractor.

Wherever reference is made in the contract to specific standard codes to be met by the

materials, plant and other supplies to be furnished, and work performed or tested, the

provisions of the latest edition or revision of the relevant standards and codes in effect shall

apply, unless otherwise explicitly stated in the contract. Where such standards and codes

are national or related to a particular country of region, other internationally recognized

standards which ensure a substantially equal or higher performance than the standards

and codes specified will be accepted subject to the Engineer-in-Charge prior review and

written approval. Difference between the standards must be fully described in writing by

the contractor and submitted to the Engineer-in-Charge at-least 15 days prior to the date

when the contractor desires the Engineer-in-Charge's approval. If the Engineer-in-Charge

determines that such proposed deviations do not ensure substantially equal performance,

the contractor shall comply with the standards specified in the documents

3. Absence of terms such as providing, supplying, laying, installing, fixing etc. in the

description does not even remotely suggest that the Contractor is absolved of such

providing, supplying etc. unless an explicit stipulation is made in this contract. The owner

shall bear no costs of materials, equipments, duties, taxes, royalties etc.

4. In addition to the general obligation of the Contractor during defect liability

period, the Contractor shall Tva_rantee successful performance of waterproofing

• . .

Page 3: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

3

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES

(CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

treatments for a period of ten years from the certified date of

completion of the work. The Engineer shall prescribe the form and the

manner of executing such guarantees. The Contractor hereby confirms that there

is nothing in the items/specifications (or a shortcoming therein) as will prevent such

successful performance. The work shall be executed through approved specialists

experienced in the respective trades.

5. The classification of various items of work for purpose of

measurements and payments shall be as per bills of quantities .

Except where distinguished by the BOQ_, the rates apply to all heights,

depths, sizes, shapes and locations. They also cater for all cuts and wastes.

6 The specifications may have been divided in different sections/sub-

head for convenience only. They do not restrict any cross-reference. The

Contractor shall take in to account inter-relations between various parts of

works/trades. No claim shall be entertained on basis of compartmental

interpretations.

7 Any builder's work required as part of electrical and other installation shall be

executed by the Contractor as directed under this contract.

8 The Contractor shall be required to submit and take approval from the

Engineer of drawings of the items of work specified in the specifications or as

directed from time to time. No extra payment shall be made for the same.

drawings shall be in metric units and shall be prepared in a format approved by the

engineer.

9. The Contractor shall prepare and submit as-built drawings by way of making

modifications/changes carried out with respect to the construction drawings

issued prior to the construction of respective elements. These will be then

incorporated by the respective Consultant/ agency in to their drawings for

maintaining necessary records for the owner.

10 No walls, terraces shall be cut for making any opening after waterproofing has

been done without approval of the Engineer. Cutting of waterproofing when authorized by the

Engineer in writing shall be done very carefully so that no other portion

of the waterproofing is damaged. On completion of the work at such places, the

waterproofing membrane shall be made good and ensured that the opening/cutting

is made fully waterproof as per specifications and

details of waterproofing approved by the Engineer at no extra cost. No

structural member shall be c or chased without the written permission of the

. .

Page 4: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

4

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES (CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

Engineer.

11. All materials intended to be used at site shall be tested prior to its use in an approved

manner. The frequency of tests of construction materials shall be as per the CPWD

Specifications or as specifically mentioned in the Technical specifications or in special

conditions of contract. Cost of all such tests and any other tests felt necessary by the

Engineer shall be deemed to be included in the price of respective materials quoted by the

Contractor. Any defective material brought to site shall be returned without any extra cost for

the same.

12. Performance tests shall be carried out as the discretion of the Engineer on all/ any items , of

work as directed by the Engineer. Should any item shall fail to pass the tests, the Contractor

shall be given opportunity to take corrective measures and have the same re-tested to the

satisfaction of the Engineer, he may at his sole discretion order dismantling of the whole or

part of the works done and order the Contractor to reconstruct the same. The cost of all

these operations and materials shall be borne by the Contractor without any extra claim.

13. The Contractor may make a special note of the strictness of the concrete mix

to be adopted in items of maximum water-cement ratio, minimum slump,

control of total chloride and sulphate contents, use of admixtures etc.

14. Minimum cement contents are given purely from durability point of view.

Larger contents shall have to be provided if demanded by mix design.

15. Provision of cement slurry to create bond between plain/ reinforced concrete

surface and subsequent applied finishes (floor, plaster, dado, skirting etc.)

shall not be paid extra.

16 Provision of grooves in plaster, drip course etc. if directed at junctions of

walls-ceilings, columns-walls, frame-plaster and such other generally typical

locations shall not be paid extra including grooves in concrete, masonry, stone

work.

17. Mix design using smaller aggregates of 10 mm down shall also be done in

advance for the use in junction having congested reinforcement.

18. A full fledged laboratory shall be established at site to start of construction

and shall also stock all relevant codes as per the requirements of the special

specifications.

19. Procedure of mixing the admixtures shall be strictly as per manufacturer's

recommendations if not otherwise directed by the Engineer.

20. The batching plant for all concrete shall be used. Alternatively, use of ready

mix concrete from an approved source shall be permitted. Concrete shall be

transported using concrete tmps of adequate capacity including necessary

.

Page 5: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

5

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES (CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

stand by.

21. All water tanks and other liquid retaining concrete structures shall undergo hydro testing

as per special specifications.

22. Special benches shall be provided at site for stacking reinforcement bars of different sizes

as per the specifications.

23. Formwork for beams of RCC areas shall be designed in such a way that the

form work of the adjacent slabs can be removed without disturbing the props

/ supports of the beams.

24. Wherever there are tension/suspended concrete members which are

suspended from upper level structure members, the shuttering/ scaffolding of such

members at lower level shall have to be kept in place till upper level supporting

members gain minimum required strength. Cost of such larger durations of

keeping in place the shuttering/scaffolding shall be deemed to be included in the price

quoted for respective structural members.

25. In the mobilization period, the Contractor shall carry out expeditiously and without

delaying the following works:

a) Material testing and mix design of concrete as contemplated in the specifications.

b) Setting up of full fledged site laboratory as per the requirement of these specifications.

c) Any other pre-requisite items required for final execution.

26. If the same item appears in different heads / sub heads of the BOQ ,the Contractor shall

quote a unique rate for the item otherwise the lowest rate quoted for the item in different

heads/ subheads will be considered for payment

27. All installation shall comply with the requirements of Indian Electricity Rules, 1956 and

Indian Electricity Act - 1910 as amended up-to date, and by laws of authority of State

Government of any other Department

28. All Mechanical works related to Public Health Engineering will conform to the requirements

of manual of Water Supply by the Ministry of Urban Development and various Indian

Standards as listed there-in

29. All Electrical work will conform to various Indian Codes as listed to Technical Specifications

. .

Page 6: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

6

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES (CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

PREAMBLE

(CIVIL & EXTERNAL DEVELOPMENT WORKS) A. GENERAL NOTES

1. The Schedule of Quantities shall be read in conjunction and with reference to

Technical Specifications & drawings

2. The quantities given in the Schedule of Quantities are approximate and are given to

provide a common basis for bidding. It shall be definitely understood that these are

estimated quantities only and are liable to alteration by omission, deductions or

additions at the discretion of the Owner without affecting the Terms of Contract. The

basis of payment shall however, be the actual quantities of work executed at site as

measured by the Contractor and verified by the Project Manager, valued at the awarded

rates and prices. No claim whatsoever shall be entertained due to variations in

quantities. 3. The rates and prices in the Schedule of Quantities shall, except, in sofar as it is

otherwise provided under the Contract, shall be deemed to include, but not limited to

all, labour, supervision, overhead, materials, erection, maintenance,

Constructional Plant, temporary / preparatory works, insurance, profit, taxes and

duties including Works Contract tax , together with all general risks, liabilities and

obligations set out or implied in the Contract. 4. A rate or price shall be entered against each item in the priced Schedule of

Quantities, whether quantities are stated or not.

5. The whole cost of complying with the provisions of the Contract shall be included

in the items provided in the priced Schedule of Quantities, and where no items are

provided the cost shall be deemed to be distributed among the rates and prices

entered for the related items of Work.

6. General directions and descriptions of work and material are not necessarily

repeated nor summarized in the Schedule of Quantities. Reference to the relevant

.

Page 7: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

7

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES (CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

sections of the Contract documenting shall be made before entering prices against

each item in the priced Schedule of Quantities. 7. The method of measurement of completed work for payment shall be in accordance

with the modes stipulated in the Schedule of Quantities and specification. Where

such modes are not specified, the works shall be measured as per the relevant part of

BIS codes (latest revisions) or good engineering practice as approved by Project

Manager.

8. Errors will be corrected by the Consultant for the arithmetic errors in computation

or summation as follows:-

a) Where there is a discrepancy between amount in figures and in words, the

amount in words will govern, and

b) Where there is a discrepancy between the unit rate and the total amount

derived from the multiplication of the unit rate and the quantity, the unit rate

quoted will govern, unless in the opinion of Project Manager, there is an

obviously gross misplacement of the decimal point in the unit rate in which

the total amount as quoted will govern and the rate will be corrected.

9. In case of specialist / proprietary items, the Item description shall be read in

conjunction with manufactures / suppliers specification and in case of any

discrepancy, the works shall be carried out as directed by the Project Manager.

. ..

Page 8: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

8

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES

(CIVIL& PLUMBING) COMTINAGAR LUCKNOW (U.P.)

Preamble for Earthwork

1. The rates quoted shall include for:

a. Setting out of works and site clearance.

b. Excavation either straight, inclined or curved in trenches, footings, water

tanks, basements etc. including marking out, cutting and dressing sides and

bottom to true dimensions and deposition of excavated material within the

plot boundary at least 3.0 m clear of the edge of excavated area or as

otherwise specified. c. De-watering:

All excavations shall be kept free of water at all times. Grading in the

vicinity of excavations shall be controlled to prevent surface water running

into excavated areas. The Contractor shall remove by pumping or other

means approved by the Project Manager any water including rainwater and

subsoil water accumulated in the excavation. The Contractor shall ensure

that the ground water table in the entire basement area upto at least

1.0 m below the bottom most excavated level by means of a suitable and

fool-proof system and maintaining it at that level round the clock without fail

till the Ground floor slab is casted and water-proofing is completed or till such

time the uplift pressure is countered by the structure building load. Sumps

made for dewatering shall be kept clear of all excavations required for further

work. The method of pumping shall be approved by the Project Manager but,

in any case, the pumping arrangements shall be such that there shall be no

movement of subsoil or blowing in due to differential heads of water during

pumping. Pumping arrangement shall be adequate to ensure that there no

delays in construction.

.

Page 9: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

9

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES

(CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW

When there is a continuous inflow of water and the quantum of water to be

handled is, in the opinion of The Project Manager, too large for pumping single

or multi-stage well point system shall be adopted. The Contractor shall

submit to the Project Manager for approval his scheme for the well point

system including the stages, the spacing, number and diameter of well points,

headers etc. and the number, capacity and location of pumps. In addition,

the Contractor shall submit to the Project Manager his scheme of excavations

and the like. Auxiliary pits shall be of adequate size dug outside the line of the

building excavations. The depth of Auxiliary pits shall be greater than the

working foundation trench levels. Auxiliary pits shall be refilled with

approved excavated materials after dewatering is finished. The cost of

dewatering excavations, backfilling of auxiliary pits and well point systems

and the like shall be deemed to be included in the quoted rates for excavation. d. All labour and materials required for fencing and protection against risk of

accident to open excavation etc. with necessary shoring, planking and

strutting and for providing gangway with hand rails across open trenches etc.

where necessary during the progress of the work. e. Watching and lighting arrangements wherever necessary whether instructed

by the Project Manager or otherwise. f. Filling back excavated earth from stacks or earth brought from outside in

trenches, sides of foundation, basement walls and the like etc. as required in

200mm thick layers, ramming, watering, consolidation and dressing the

filled up areas, disposable of surplus water in soil as directed within site,

including spreading to proper levels and grade as shown and compaction /

consolidation of the same to Project Manager. Fill shall have 95% dry

density / Proctor density.

g. Battering, benching and forming steps in the sides of foundations, mass

excavation where required.

.

Page 10: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

10

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES (CIVIL & PLUMBING) COMTINAGAR LUCKNOW (U.P.)

h. Clearing all shrubs, roots, rank vegetation and trees upto 300mm girth, from

alignment of the building.

i. Blasting in rock strata, both controlled and uncontrolled, is strictly

prohibited. The contractor shall submit the proposed Method Statement, list

of equipment and manpower deployment and excavation programme with

the Tender.

j. Removal of slips or falls in excavation due to reason whatsoever.

k. Disconnection, reconnection, diversion and slinging and supporting service

pipes, electrical cables or any other utility etc. met during excavation. 2. The measurement for earthwork shall be for the dimension of PCC / member

forming the external face of the building at the lowest level multiplied by the depth of

the excavation i.e. the difference between the initial level and final level as shown in the

drawing or as directed. Extra working space as excavated or 600mm, whichever is

less shall be considered for payment. The levels (Initial / Intermediate / Finished) shall

be jointly recorded with the Project Manager at different stages as required. 3. In case sub soil water is encountered the Contractor shall keep the work area and

building free of such water from accumulation by installing suitable system of

dewatering as approved by the Project Manager. 4. All excavated materials belongs to the Employer and the contractor shall provide

for stacking of usable and disposal of surplus materials in his rates in the manner

stated in this documents and as directed by Project Manager. 5. If excavated materials such as boulders / rocks etc. are allowed to be used in the

work, the contractor shall pay to the Employer at the market rate the cost of such

materials, unless mentioned free of cost to the Contractor in particular items.

.

Page 11: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

11

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES

(CIVIL & PLUMBING) COMTINAGAR LUCKNOW (U.P.)

6. The excavated rock shall be reduced to the sizes required for packing / soling as

directed by Project Manager. The rate for soiling / packing by the excavated

material shall be inclusive of this operation. 7 All materials, which in the opinion of the Project Manager require use of

compressed air drill for its removal or use of metal work and sledge hammers shall be

considered as hard rock. 8. For transporting excavated materials, measurements for payment shall be as per

relevant BIS codes / CPWD/UPPWD. The quantities thus measured shall be

reconciled & finalised in the Final Bill taking in to consideration related quantities of

work done as certified. 9. The anti-termite treatment shall be carried out by a specialised agency approved by

UNIT IN CHARGE and shall carry at least 10 years guarantee duly counter-signed

by main contractor. The agency shall be a member of the Pest Control Association of

India. The Main Contractor and agency shall follow all the safety precautions while

handling, storing and application of the chemical. .

Page 12: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

12

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES (CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

Preamble for Concrete Works 1. The rates quoted for concrete shall include:

i) All leads and lifts.

ii) Works at levels, height and depths, unless otherwise specified.

iii) Making all drips, grooves, moulds, curved surfaces and chamfered edges,

etc. in concrete as directed.

iv) Forming all expansion and / or construction joints as directed.

v) All projections, too-thing and ornamental work and finishing to shape as

directed.

vi) Provision for all electric pipes, boxes, fan books false ceiling suspensions and

inserts of any other description, etc. in RCC slab or beam as directed.

vii) Provision for sleeve, cutouts as approved in RCC members and making good

the same with concrete grade as specified.

viii) Installing concrete testing laboratory at site, as approved by Project

Consultant and testing cubes and other materials.

ix) Working up or hacking of concrete surface for providing keys for further

concrete work / brick work / any other work including applying thick

cement slurry or mortar as directed.

x) Use of mould release agent as specified under no circumstances burnt oil /

mobil oil shall be used.

xi) Use of cement slurry over shuttering before commencing concreting.

xii) RMC, Weigh batcher (batching plant), consolidating by rodding, vibrating

and tamping, hoisting to all lifts and leads and curing.

xiii) Sinking of floors in specified areas.

xiv) Providing laps, chairs, spacers, etc. wherever necessary.

xv) Forming cutouts, openings and reconcreting at a later stage as necessary

unless otherwise specified.

xvi) Maintaining of POUR CARDS showing approval of Project Manager to

concrete various components of RCC frame.

xvii) Work in narrow widths, small quantities and curved alignment.

.

Page 13: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

13

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES

(CIVIL & PLUMBING) COMTINAGAR LUCKNOW (U.P.)

xviii) Removing rust, mill scales, oil, grease, paint, etc. from reinforcing bars.

xix) All wastage.

xx) Cost of 18 gauge GI binding wire and cover blocks.

xxi) Providing cover to steel with cement concrete briquette spacers.

xxii) Preparation of bar bending schedule and getting approved from Project

Consultant. Reinforcement shall be paid for as per the approved bar-

bending schedule. The length shall be taken as per standard measurements

and weight as per IS Code for the particular diameter.

xxiii) Cleaning / washing of liquid muds (if any) from the concrete surface in

basements before further concrete work is taken up.

xxiv) Dewatering & maintaining the soil up to 1.0 metre below concrete level

sufficiently dry. 2. Testing of overhead / underground water tanks by filling the water to full depth

keeping the same for a minimum period of 28 days. Contractor shall ensure that the

bottom and sides are bone dry and there should not be any leakages. 3. Use of wooden baffles and platforms strictly prohibited. Only steel pipe

scaffolding, steel jacks, spans and steel platforms are allowed to be used.

4. The use of plastisizers, curing compound etc. is not envisaged. In case the site and

working conditions requires use such admixture/ (s), prior approval must be taken

from the Project Manager. The cost for providing such admixtures shall be

deemed to be included in the rates. .

Page 14: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

14

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES (CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

Preamble for Brick Works 1. The rates for all masonry work shall include:

i) All leads and lifts.

ii) All scaffolding, ladders, platforms, staging and plant required for the

execution of work at all levels height or depth.

iii) Hacking and roughening of concrete or other surfaces in contact with

masonry for bondage.

iv) Leaving out dowels from concrete members for anchorage.

v) Extra labour in beam filling.

vi) Rough cutting and waste, soaking of bricks etc.

vii) Raking out joints to a dept of 15mm either for plaster or pointing or finishing

the joint flush as the work proceeds, as directed.

viii) Leveling up and preparing tops of wall for damp-roof courses, precast units,

plinth beams, etc.

ix) Holes (cut and formed or left) for exhaust fans, fixing pipes, bolts and other

inserts and making good including grouting if necessary.

x) Forming chases for edges of concrete floors or other units, for sealing in

waterproofing layers, etc.

xi) Providing cement concrete (1:2:4) at doorjambs where required to receive

expansion bolts / holdfasts.

xii) Work in pillars (square and rounded) and also in curviliniers.

xiii) Keeping the work well wetted for ten days.

xiv) Work in Circle or Cut work shape as shown, narrow width and small

quantities.

xv) Making drip course, projected course of any description, offsets, set backs,

corbels, architrave of other features of any description.

.

Page 15: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

15

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF UP POLICE IIHAWAN AT SECTOR-7 (CIVIL & PLUMBING) COMTINAGAR LUCKNOW (U.P.)

2. The mortar shall be composed as specified and thoroughly machine mixed. Mortar

shall not be hand mixed nor that has commenced to set shall be used in the work. 3. Nothing extra will be paid for jointing new brickwork with the brickwork already

completed. It included cutting toothing in brickwork, applying cement slurry, etc. 4. Any efflorescence observed in brick work should be washed down with clean water

and brick surface treated with such chemicals as are deemed necessary by the

Project Manager without any extra charges and at contractors own expenses, till

efflorescence persists. The brick work shall be demolished if deemed necessary by the

Project Manager and work rebuilt with new bricks including making good all work

distributed without any extra charges.

.

Page 16: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

16

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES

(CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

Preamble for Plastering Works

1. The rates include for:

i) Work in narrow widths, cornices patches and small quantities, unless

otherwise mentioned.

ii) Work on any surfaces such as bricks, concrete, stone etc.

iii) Preparation of surface by hacking, raking out joints, wetting the surfaces etc.

hacking of concrete surfaces to receive plaster shall mean complete removal of

skin.

The thickness of plaster key in joints etc. and extra thickness of plaster over

undulations etc.

v) Arises, drips, grooves, chamfers of any width and depth, internal rounded

angles, external rounded angles, rounding off corners etc.

vi) Providing grooves at the junctions of plaster with other finishes as called for

and grooves between different plastered surfaces.

vii) Scoring surface of plaster for key where the surface is not required to be

finished fair.

viii) Keeping the work well wetted for at least 10 days.

ix) Work at all heights, depths, levels and locations and use of scaffolding,

ladders, etc. necessary for execution of work.

x) Cost of making sample and mock-up for approvals as desired by the Project

Consultant.

xi) Finishing the edges of electric fittings and boxes etc.

xii) Grouting of junctions of beam bottom and other location as directed by

Project Manager.

.

Page 17: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

17

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES

(CIVIL & PLUMBING) GOMTINAGAR LUCKNOW (LP.)

Preamble for Painting Works

1. The rates include for:

i) Work in narrow widths, cornices patches and small quantities, unless

otherwise mentioned.

ii) Work on any surfaces such as plaster, gypsum, pop, wood, mild steel,

concrete, stone, etc.

iii) Preparation of surface by cleaning, sand paper cleaning, removal of oil /

grease mark, etc. to receive paint of specified type of uniform shade.

iv) Applying paint on arises, drips, grooves, chamfers of any width and depth,

internal rounded angles, external rounded angles, rounding off corners etc.

v) Cost of making sample and mock-up for approvals as desired by the Project

Consultant.

vi) Applying plain to achieve uniform shades and colour as per the approved

sample.

vii) Keeping the work covered saving from other damages etc. till the

completion of project.

viii) Work at all heights, depths, levels and locations and use of scaffolding,

ladders, etc. necessary for execution of work.

.

Page 18: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

18

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF UP POLICE BI-IAWAN AT SECTOR-7 (CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

Preamble for Flooring, Skirting & Dado

The rates quoted for flooring and related works shall include: 1. The rates for all items under this section include:

i) Use and waste of all temporary fillets, sides forms, templates, moulds,

straight edges etc.

ii) Washing of coarse & fine aggregates in approved mariner.

iii) Final preparation of the base, sub-grade or sub-floor including minor

trimming of the base to remove slight undulation, only if necessary.

iv) Cleaning and watering the surface immediately before laying the floor, if so

directed.

v) Providing bedding layer of mortar as specified, in the case of slabs, tiles etc.

to correct levels or slopes as called for.

vi) Machine cutting of stones, pre or post laying polishes of different

descriptions to surfaces and edges wherever applicable.

vii) Rounding off corners, edges and junctions of floors with skirting or dado

and also cutting recesses where required to accommodate recessed skirting.

Groove shall be provided between junction of plastered surface & skirting.

viii) Forming rounded recess in floor where called for.

ix) Providing grooves where shown on drawings.

x) Work in narrow widths, strips and to profiles shown and at all heights,

levels and locations unless otherwise mentioned. Work in one or more type of

stone, finishes and / or marble. Wherever use of Pre-polished Stones /

Marbles are specified and while at work / site they loose their natural shine,

Contractor shall re-polish at his own cost to the satisfactions of the Project

Manager.

xi) Curing, protecting and cleaning all finished surfaces as specified.

xii) All relevant points specified in preamble for "concrete work-plain and

reinforced" shall be applicable to all cement concrete work occurring under

"Flooring and Paving". .

Page 19: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

19

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES (CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

xiii) The rate for staircase treads shall include the cost of dressing the bottom of

the machine cut tread and providing nosing as per drawing including

grinding and polish as specified.

xiv) The rate for stone work in counters shall include the cost of finishing and

polishing the exposed edges, nosings and tin oxide polishing complete.

xv) The rate for dado shall include for matching colour and / or joints of dado

with those of flooring.

xvi) Supplying the samples of materials as required e.g. tile / stone slab etc. as

specified in the BOQ of size, shape and thickness as specified or minimum

250mm x 250mm for approval of Project Manager. Cost of making sample

and mock-up for approval as desired by the Project Manager.

xvii) Covering of flooring with polythene sheet and POP of suitable thickness and

activities till handing over. Protection of completed work till completion and

handing over and repair / replacement at damaged placed to the entire

satisfactions of Project Manager. 2. The work in flooring or facing with tile / stone slab shall be in pattern as shown on

the drawings which may be issued during the progress of the works. The rates

quoted shall include works in different colour and shades in same or at different

levels, in narrow width and in combination of same or different materials.

.

Page 20: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

20

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES (CIVIL & PLUMBING) COMTINAGAR LUCKNOW (U.P.)

Preamble for Water Proofing 1. The rate shall include the following:

i) Preparations of surface for water proofing work, insulation and other related

treatments.

ii) All cutting, dressing, trimming and waste.

iii) Cutting chases in wall, tucking in felts and filling chases with cement

concrete 1:2:4.

iv) Providing concrete fillet 75 x 75 mm at the junctions of horizontal and

vertical surfaces as per drawing.

v) Treatment of down taken pipes and other obstructions.

vi) Providing required slopes as directed.

vii) Work at all levels, heights and locations

viii) Works in narrow width, bands, strips and at all locations.

2. The water-proofing treatment shall be carried out through approved specialists in

the field and under their direct supervision and strictly as per their specification as

approved by Project Manager. 3. The treatment area shall be tested by ponding to the satisfaction of the Project

Consultant. 4. The treatment shall be guaranteed against leakages / dampness, etc. for the treated

areas for a period of 10 years from the date of handing over of the building to

Employer. The guarantee will have to be given by the proprietary firm directly to the

Employer on stamp paper of adequate value in the approved proforma, duly counter

signed by the main Contractor.

.

Page 21: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

21

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES (CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

Preamble for External Works

1. The rates quoted shall include the following, but excluding the cost of cement:

i) Removing of vegetation and other foreign matter from aggregates.

ii) Clearing of site

iii) Excavations in all kinds of soils

iv) Clearing of water logged areas formed during construction.

v) Rolling with 8-10 tonne roller till the required density is achieved.

vi) Spreading of aggregates by using proper templates

vii) Rectification of defects in construction.

viii) Supplying of binder in sealed containers.

ix) Carrying out all mandatory tests.

x) Site clearance such as clearing shrubs and growth roots and small trees etc.

xi) Setting out the work profile etc.

xii) Providing guard lights to warning lights for trenches where required.

xiii) Making good the pockets and undulations of excess excavation by using

PCC 1:5:10

xiv) Slinging or supporting pipes, electrical cables, telephone cables etc. met

during excavation.

.

Page 22: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

22

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES

(CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

Preamble for Miscellaneous Works

1. The rates quoted shall include:

i) Work at all heights / depths, levels and in constrained locations.

ii) Furnishing of samples of materials as required by the Architect.

iii) Removing of flux and grinding of welded joints to smooth finish etc.

.

Page 23: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

23

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF UP POLICE BIIAWAN AT SECTOR-7

(CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

PARTICULAR TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

(CIVIL WORKS)

1.0 GENERAL REQUIREMENT

1.1 SCOPE

This specification applies to the Civil Engineering and building works to be executed by the Contractor. It is to be read in conjunction with and subject to the general and special conditions of contract and in conjunction with the drawings, the schedule of rates and such other documents as may from time to time be agreed upon as comprising part of this contract.

1.2 SHOP DRAWINGS

Contractor's and/or Manufacturer's and Supplier's shall submit fabrication, installation

and assembly drawings for all parts of the work in sufficient detail to enable the

Engineerin-Charge to verify conformity with the intent of contract. Drawing shall identify

materials and show the details and dimensions of all component parts including plan and

elevation, cross section and details.

1.3 PROJECT RECORD DRAWINGS

The Contractor shall record as work progresses, the Permanent Works constructed differently than shown on Contract, all changes in the works caused by site conditions, site instructions, supplementary instructions, field order, change orders, addendum's, correspondence etc. He shall accurately record location of concealed structure, and similar work not clear in view, the position of which is required for maintenance, alteration work, and future additions, and such work until its location has been recorded, shall not be concealed by the Contractor.

The Contractor shall maintain current recording on these prints in red ink. Dimension locations of concealed work in reference to building walls, and elevations in reference to floor elevation. Indicate at which point dimension is taken of the concealed work. Dimension all terminations and offsets of runs of concealed work. Identify each record drawing as "Project Record Copy". Maintain drawings in good condition and do not use them for construction purposes. At the completion of the Works the Contractor shall hand over the Project Record Drawings and shall certify that the marked up drawings and record documents are complete and accurate.

2.0 CONCRETE WORK

2.1 The design mix concrete wherever used for reinforced cement concrete work shall be designed as per relevant provision of CPWD specifications. The minimum content of cement to be used for grade of concrete shall be as under:

S. No. Grade of Reinforced Cement Concrete Minimum Cement Content

1. M-25 300 kg/cum 2. M-30/M30 Road Work 320 kg/cum/340 Kg/cum

3. M-35 340 kg/cum 4. M-40 360 kg/cum

.

Page 24: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

24

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES (CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

2.2 The contractor shall engage any one of the laboratories / Test Houses approved by Government of U.P. and any laboratory approved by UPRNN Ltd for designing the concrete mix in accordance with the relevant CPWD specification and conduct laboratory tests to ensure the target strength and workability criteria for a given grade of concrete.

If all the approved laboratories/Test Houses express in writing their inability to carry out designing and testing of concrete mixes by a specified date, the contractor may be allowed to get the design mix done at any other laboratory with prior written approval of Engineerin-Charge.

2.3 Any change in source of characteristics of any ingredient used in the concrete mix during

the work execution shall require revised mix design and laboratory testing as per direction of the Engineer-in-Charge and no concrete work shall be proceeded without approval of the revised design mix.

2.4 In the event of use of admixture to achieve the required workability, the mix shall be

designed and tested using the admixture proportion for which no extra payment shall be made. The rates of concrete quoted by Contractor are deemed to include the cost of admixtures, plasticisers etc. and nothing extra shall be payable on this account.

Only first class workmanship will be accepted. Contractor shall maintain uniform quality and consistency in workmanship throughout. Water shall be potable. Fresh, clean and free from impurities &should be from an approved source. Clean fresh water only shall be used for the Works. The water shall be free from any deleterious matter in solution or in suspension . The quality of water shall conform to IS 465. Sand shall be river or from any other source approved by the consulting Architect and shall be dry, clean, sharp, coarse and free from salt, earth and such other impurities. It shall be washed with clean water. The soluble contents shall not exceed 0.5% by weight if tested by settlement in water. For concrete work, the sand shall be coarser than for masonry work. Sand shall be used after screening as directed by the Architect. The manufactured sand shall conform to IS:383.

D) Coarse Aggregate shall be machine crushed from hard (granite) trap stone,

grading of aggregate shall be within the limits to produce a dense mix. and

shall conform to IS: 383 & IS: 515; mix will work into position without

segregation and without excessive quantity of water being required it also

shall be strong and durable and shall be free any clay films and other

adherent/coating. Coarse aggregate shall be washed with clean water if

required by the Architect. Coarse aggregate shall be well graded between the

limit as specified in the items of the work and the grading tests shall be carried

out.

E) High strength ordinary Portland cement conferring to IS: 8112 - 1976.

Twenty bags of the cement shall be taken to weight one tone. It shall be

.

Page 25: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

25

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (CIVIL & PLUMBING)

CONSTRUCTION OF UP POLICE BI-IAWAN AT SECTOR-7 DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

stored in a dry place or in a higher ground on water tight platform and

shall be protected from moisture while in store. Cement which is moisture

before use in any way will not be allowed to be used at all.

Cement of approved brand / make should be used. The Architect may at his discretion reject the cement brought on site and which he may consider damaged or of doubtful quality for any reason whatsoever.

Record of the cement brought to the site, consumed and balance in the work must be maintained properly,

F)

G) Scaffolding shall consist of the salwood bullies and necessary batons and

planks. All members before installation shall be checked for their strength

and stiffness and tide up properly. Steel scaffolding may be used as

directed by Architect. When necessary, during the construction scaffolding and

planks may be supported on/in the wall these shall be fixed and tied

together. In case of finishing the work such as plastering, painting and

distempering, no part of the scaffolding should touch the structure. Time

from work shall be replaced from time to time with new timber as

necessary and directed.

H) Form Work: All props. Planks, plates braces, tiles, bolts wedges etc. shall be

provided and all form work shall be sufficiently strong and sound for the

purposes. Form work shall be thoroughly cleaned with wire brush etc. after use

oiled (clear/ fresh) or greased each time before use. Wooden form work shall be

replaced from time to time with new timber as necessary and steel plate shall

be got repaired from time to time. For all exposed work, all the forms of

fresh and raw steel shall be used as per pattern given by consulting

Architect for the various members of the structure.

For wooden formwork, type of the timber shall be provided as specified in the bills of the quantities. All the form of work provided by the contractor shall be approved by Architect before use and the contractor shall be allowed to use approved form work only.

I) Special Materials If materials of a particular brand are specified in the

schedule of quantities these shall be procured accordingly from approved

manufactures. These shall include materials like bitumen, bituminous

compounds, waterproofing compounds and hardening compounds, special

paints acoustic and insulation boards and other finishing materials. The

responsibility fc the use of these materials lies with the contractor and he .

Page 26: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

26

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF UP POLICE RHAWAN AT SECTOR-7 (CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

should avail himself of the necessary guarantee as may be required by the

architect and give the same to the Architect.

LIST OF I.S. CODE FOR THE REFERENCE

Materials used shall confirm to appropriate standards specified by the Indian standards institution/Bureau of Indian standards and unless other wise specified, these standards will form a part of these specifications in particular.

The provision of the latest revision of the following IS Codes shall form a part of this specification to the extent they are relevant: AGGREGATES: IS : 383-1970 Coarse and find aggregate from natural sources for concrete IS : 515-1959 natural and manufactured aggregates for use in mass concrete IS ; 1607-1960 Sand for plaster IS : 2386 Methods of test for aggregate for concrete.

Part-I-1963 Particle size and shape. Part-II-1963 Estimation of deleterious materials and organic impurities. Part-III-1963 Specific gravity, density, voids, absorption and bulking. Part-IV-1963 Mechanical properties. Part-V-1963 Soundness. Part-VI-1963 Measuring mortar making properties of fine aggregates. Part-VII-1963 Alkali aggregate reactivity. Part-VIII-1963 Petrographique examinateur.

CEMENT : IS : 8112-1976 High strength ordinary Portland cement. CONCRETE : IS : 516-1959 Methods of tests for strength of concrete. IS : 1199-1959 Methods of sampling and analysis of concrete. REINFORCEMENT CONCRETE : IS : 456-1978 IS : 432 IS :1786-1985 BRICK MASONRY: IS : 1077-1076 IS : 2212-1962

Code of practice for plain and reinforcement concrete for general building Construction. Mild steel and medium tensile steel bars and High strength Deformed steel bars and wires for concrete reinforcement.

Common burnt clay building bricks. Code for practice of brick work.

DOORS & WINDOWS: IS : 1003 Timber panelled and glazed shutters.

Part-I-1977 Doors shutters.

.

Page 27: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

27

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES (CIVIL & PLUMBING) GOIHTINACAR LUCKNOW (U.P.)

Part-II-1966 Windows and ventilators and shut. IS: 1948-1961 Aluminium doors, windows and ventilators. IS: 2191 Wooden flush door shutters (Cellular and hollow core type).

Part-I-1973 Plywood face panels. IS: 2202 Part-I-1991 Wooden flush door BWP type (solid core).

FLOOR AND FLOOR FINISHING: IS : 777-1970 Glazed Earthenware tiles. IS : 1443-1972 Code of practice for laying and finishing of cement concrete

(Flooring tiles) IS : 3365-1956 Floor polishing machines. MISCELLANEOUS : IS : 1020-1963 Conversion tables for ordinary use.

3 USE OF PLUMS IN ORDINARY/ PLAIN CONCRETE

The size of stone plums may be from 130 to 230 mm. All plums shall be hard, durable, clean and free from soft materials or loose piece or deleterious substance in them and shall not have sharp corners. During concreting the first layer of concrete of the specified mix shall be laid to a thickness of at least two and a half times the thickness of the maximum size of plums to be used. The plums shall then be laid while the top portion of this concrete is still green but sufficiently stiff to prevent complete submergence of the plums under their own weight. These plums shall be about half embedded in the concrete and the remaining part exposed so as to form a key with the next layer of concrete. No plums shall be used for concrete laid under water. While placing the plums, care shall be taken to see that the clear distance between any two plums is not less than either the width or thickness of either of the plums. The distance from plums to the outer surface or from any steel reinforcement shall be equal to greatest width of the plum. If plums of stratified stone are used, they shall be laid on their natural bed. Stones with concave faces shall be laid with the concave upwards. The thickness of the next and successive layers of concrete shall be at least twice that of the largest plums. The total volume of plums shall not exceed 30% of the volume of the finished concrete.

.

Page 28: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

28

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (CIVIL & PLUMBING)

GENERAL:

CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES

DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS.

Page 29: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

29

Thesespecifications are for work to be done, items to be supplied and materials to be used in the works as shown and defined on the drawings and described herein, all under the supervision and to the satisfaction of the Project Manager.

The workmanship is to be the best available and of a high standard, use must be made of a specialist trades men in all types of the work and necessary allowance must be made in the rates quoted.

The materials and items to be provided by the Contractor shall be the best of their respective kinds as specified by the Project Manager and in accordance with the samples approved. Where materials or products are specified in these specifications and/or Bill of Quantities by the name of the manufacturer or the brand name, trade name or catalogues references, the contractor will require obtaining prior approval of the Project Manager for using substitute materials or product. The contractor shall produce all invoices, vouchers or receipted accounts for any materials if called upon to do so by the Project Manager.

A Sample of all materials is to be submitted to the Project Manager for approval before the Contractor orders or delivers the materials at site. Samples together with their packing are to be provided free of charge by the Contractor and should any materials be rejected, they will be removed from the site at the Contractor's expense. All samples will be retained by the Project Manager for comparison with materials which will be delivered at the site. Also, the Contractor will be required to submit specimen finishes of colours, fabrics etc. for the approval of the Project Managers before proceeding with the work. Should it be necessary to prepare shop drawings, then four copies of such drawings shall be submitted for approval of Project Manager who will retain two copies, all at Contractor's expenses.

The Contractor shall be responsible for providing and maintaining and boxing or other temporary convenages required for the protection of dresses or finished work if left unprotected. He is also to clean out all shelvings, out ends and other waste from all parts of the works before conversing or in-fillings are constructed.

Page 30: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

30

Y2..„ TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES (CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

PARTICULAT TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS LO DEWATERING SYSTEM

LI Description This item of work shall consist of draining out of surface water and/or controlling water accumulated from any source that may require the use of pumps, other mechanical devices or the use of well point or tube-well system. All works shall be carried out as per the stipulation of the BOQ and/or as instructed by the Engineer. The item includes Design, supply, Installation, maintaining dewatering system to keep the entire basement dry during sub-structure works and till completion as per instructions of the Engineer. The item includes providing & installing pump sets of adequate capacity, flexible or hard drainage piping system to drain out pumped water at locations approved by the local authority, all labour, plants & energy (fuel or electric as the case may be) including obtaining necessary approval from the Engineer / Consultant for the design of the system proposed along with the detailed method statement of execution. Necessary approval for dewatering system shall be obtained by the Contractor from the concerned statutory authority without any extra cost. The proposed dewatering system showing, approaches, sump pits, dewatering lines and other workings / drawings, including the type of the system proposed, detailed method statement of execution, deployment schedule for plant & equipment, etc. shall be submitted by the Contractor along with the Bid document for evaluation by the Employer.

1.2 Types of de-watering System

One or both of the following de-watering systems shall be adopted considering the actual field conditions and requirements for proper execution of work.

a) De-watering by Sub-surface Water Control System

b) De-watering by Surface Water Control System

1.3 Contractor's responsibilities

The Contractor shall be solely responsible and include in his rates for the following tasks: a) The design of the de-watering system including the collection of the requisite data,

preparation of Plans and Drawings of the necessary de-watering system. b) Providing all equipment and accessories required for de-watering by the Surface

Water Control System and Sub-surface Water Control System for satisfactory execution of the work.

c) Transportation, furnishing, installation, safe operation and maintaining of the

system including operators, mechanics, supply of power, fuel, lubricants, spares, repairing, etc. throughout and the removal of the equipment at the end of the construction period under this Contract.

The Contractor shall provide continuous supervision of the system by the persons

Page 31: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

31

competent to recognise adverse conditions as they develop and take immediate corrective measures. The supervisor, whose name and hours of duty duly furnished to the Engineer by the Contractor, shall have thorough knowledge of the system including the ability to make minor emergency repairs.

.

Page 32: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

32

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES

(CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

The control of water throughout the time of this Contract shall be the full responsibilities of the Contractor. The ground water table shall be maintained at minimum of 0.9 m below the lowest designed excavation level. Control methods shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer including the Contractor's equipment, plans, methods, installation and operation procedures, etc. The control methods adopted by the Contractor shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer including equipment, plans, methods, installation, operation, monitoring, maintenance procedures and precautions against the failure of any part of the system. The precautions shall include sufficient standby pumping plant and essential spare parts. The standby pumping plant shall comprise at least one pump and the standby pumping capacity shall be at least 10% of the total working capacity.

1.4 Site Information

Any sub-soil investigation conducted by the Employer will be made available for the Contractor's review. The Employer assumes no responsibility regarding the correctness of these data. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to verify all sub-surface conditions prior to submitting his tender.

1.5 De-watering by sub-surface water control system

General De-watering by Sub-surface Water Control System is defined as controlling water accumulated from any source requiring the use of well point or tube-well system, Works to be performed under this Section include furnishing, installing, maintaining, operating and removing the sub-surface water control system including observation wells, so that the required excavation can be safely and properly performed and the structure built and back - filled to the elevation as shown on the Drawings. Precautionary measures Excavation shall not be made below a level 1 m above the ground water level shown to exist by the water level in the observation wells. If the distance to the ground water table becomes Less than 1 m or the Engineer has any reason to believe that rising ground water is likely to endanger either the open excavation or the structure, back-filling may be ordered by the Engineer as a precaution against failure. If for any reason, ground water control is lost and ground water appears in any portion of the excavation, the Contractor shall take immediate action to control and confine the flow. Any portion of the final grade which, in the opinion of the Engineer, has been damaged by the action of the ground water shall be excavated as directed by the Engineer and back-filled in accordance with the Specifications at no extra cost to the Employer. If it becomes necessary for any reason to stop the sub-surface de-watering operations before the construction of sub-structure is complete, the Engineer may order the Site to be flooded up to the surrounding ground water level as de-watering is discontinued. Under no circumstance shall the Site be flooded by allowing the ground water to rise through the soil. If it becomes necessary to flood the Site as described above, all equipment that can be damaged shall be removed to safety/a safe place.

.

Page 33: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

33

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES (CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

The cost of all such back-filling, flooding and subsequent draining and re-excavation shall be included in the respective item rates of the price quoted and no extra payment beyond the Contract price will be allowed. Operation The sub-surface De-watering System shall be operated 24 hours of a day on all days of a week during the period that de-watering is required. The Contractor shall take prior precautions against failure of any part of the system. Monitoring wells

Observation wells of 40 mm diameter G.I. pipes with 1.25 m long wire mesh strainer and full filters shall be installed by the Contractor to suitably monitor the ground water levels maintained by the Contractor's de-watering system. The depth of wells shall be a minimum of 3m below the lowest level of the foundation excavation. The Contractor shall provide a means for locking the access to the observation wells and shall maintain a log book with daily readings of sub-soil water levels recorded every three hours, which shall be made available at all times for inspection. The logbook shall be periodically checked and authenticated by the Engineer's Representative. Removal of System

The de-watering system shall be removed when the construction has progressed to a stage that Site de-watering is no longer required; but only after receiving the written permission from the Engineer. Certain portions of the Contractor's de-watering system may be left in the ground when construction procedures will so require and when written permission of the Engineer is obtained. Any such portion of the de-watering system shall be plugged, capped and/or otherwise rendered harmless to the work and the public.

1.6 De-watering by surface water control system

General

Evaluation of surface water is defined as draining out surface water by use of pumps, sump pump, gravel drain or other mechanical devices, but without requiring the use of a well point or tube-well system. Such water may accumulate from percolation, rain or pumping floodwater into the area or any other source or combination of sources. Work to be performed under this Sub-section include furnishing, installing, maintaining, operating and removal of the surface water draining system for de-watering the accumulated water from the area so that the desired construction can safely and properly be performed. The discharge line or the drainage system for the disposal of the evacuated water shall be constructed by the Contractor at his own costs in accordance with the approval Drawing and by arranging private lands, if needed any.

Operation of de-watering system

The Contractor shall make all arrangements for pumps, fuel, lubricants, maintenance and operation of the equipment and the whole Surface De-watering System and shall take precautions in advance against failure of any part of the system. Removal of system

• .

Page 34: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

34

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 N0 TYPE -V RESIDENCES (CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

The Surface De-watering System shall be removed upon obtaining written permission from the Engineer when the construction has progressed at a stage that Site de-watering is no longer required.

2.0 SCHEME FOR HANDLING GROUND WATER & EXCAVATED MUCK

The contractor shall take note of the following special measures while carrying out the excavation and dewatering activities and disposing the excavated soil.

2.1 General

The scheme of excavation, dewatering, collection and disposal shall be prepared by the contractor and get the same approved by the Engineer, before executing the work.

The above activities of excavation, dewatering, collection and disposal shall be continued till the completion of the work or as decided by the Engineer. The scheme should remain functional during the currency of the contract.

2.2 Details of the Scheme

The scheme of dewatering shall ensure that no ponding of water on the excavated surface while carrying out excavation, concreting and other related construction works. Though there are different systems of dewatering available, depending on the permeability of the soil system, the sump pumping system appears to be most suitable system for the excavation work. Sumps shall be provided at the corners and other suitable locations below the excavated ground elevation level and the size of the sump shall be big enough to hold sufficient water for pumping and installing submersible pump and ensure that no ponding of water takes occurs on the excavated surface. Minimum one pump shall be provided for each sump and the discharge lines of each pump shall be connected to a common discharge header. Adequate number of standby pumps shall also be kept ready for any contingency. The Sump pumping operations will require a system of drains / trenches to collect the ground water inflow, which ideally should be intercepted as it enters the excavation. The drainage system shall be sized to deal with the ground water seepage flows and surface water inflows from precipitation and it shall be laid out to feed to sumps, located at the deepest point. Suitable capacity of pumps shall be used to dewater the water entering into the pit. The total number of such pumps required for dewatering the pits shall be primarily based on the rate of removal of ground water from the excavation pits as finalized by the scheme proposed by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. The pumping hours per day shall be worked out on the basis of pump capacity and infiltration rate of ground water.

2.3 Disposal of the Soil

The excavated soil shall be transported and dumped in the specified areas earmarked for the same and as instructed by the Engineer. The excavated soil shall be made to spread over a large area to achieve natural drying of soil. The maximum height of stacking shall be restricted to 3.0 m. Each cell of dumped soil shall be placed adjacent to the previous one. Portion of this soil may later be used as back fill material in the excavated area, after drying by natural evaporation. Before the commencement of monsoon, the heap of excavated soil shall be covered with polythene sheets. Suitable ramp shall be constructed for vehicle entry in to this area. The area shall be provided with all around bund wall of 500 mm height and trench to collect rain water. A soaking pit shall be provided to collect the rain water from all around trenches for underground natural disposal.

(") .

Page 35: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

35

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES

(CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

2.4 Washing of Earth Moving Vehicles A high pressure water jet cleaner shall be used to periodically clean the earth moving vehicle and other vehicles which are used for transporting the excavated soil. A temporary vehicle cleaning area shall be ear-marked near the soil dumping area, with a pit for collection of water.

2.5 Safety Precautions

a) Construction workers while working in the excavated area shall invariably wear Gum boots up to knee height.

b) Construction workers while working in the excavated area shall wear helmets and other personnel protection equipments.

.

Page 36: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

36

"

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES

(CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

STEEL REINFORCEMENT

1 Bending of Reinforcement

Reinforcing steel shall conform accurately to the dimensions shown on relevant drawings and

conforming to IS: 2502

The contractor shall make bar bending schedules, based on the drawings furnished to him and

submit the same for the Engineer's approval at no extra cost. Approval by the Engineer does not

relieve the contractor of his responsibility to ensure correctness in respect of details /

placing.

Bars shall be bent cold to the specified shape and dimensions or as directed by the

Engineer-in-Charge using a proper bar bender, operated by hand or power to attain proper

radii of bends.

Bars shall not be bent or straightened in a manner that will injure the material.

Bars bent during transport or handling shall be straightened before being used on work; they

shall not be heated to facilitate bending.

Unless otherwise specified, a U type hook at the end of each bar shall invariably be

provided. The radius of the bend shall not be less than twice the diameter of the round bar for

mild steel plain bars and not less than four times the diameter for high strength deformed

bars. In case of bars with diameters greater than 25mna, the minimum radius should be

three times the diameter for mild steel bars and six times the diameter for high strength

deformed bars the length of the straight part of the bar beyond the end of the curve shall be

at least four times the diameter of the bar. In the case of bars, which are not round, and in the

case of deformed bars, the diameter shall be taken as the diameter of a circle having an

equivalent effective area.

The hook shall be suitably encased to prevent any splitting of the concrete.

2 Placing of Reinforcement

All reinforcing bars shall be accurately placed in the exact position shown on the drawings, and

shall be securely held in position during placing of concrete by annealed binding wire not less

than 1 mm in size and conforming to IS: 280, and by using stays, blocks or metal chairs,

spacers, metal hangers, supporting wires or other approved devices at sufficiently close

intervals. Bars will not be allowed to sag between supports nor displaced during concreting

or any other operation over the work. All devices used for positioning shall be of

non-corrodible material. Wooden and metal supports will not extend to the surface of

concrete, except where shown on the drawings. Placing bars on layers of freshly laid

concrete as the work progresses for adjusting bar spacing will not be allowed. Pieces of

Page 37: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

37

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF UP POLICE RFIAWAN AT SECTOR-7 (CIVIL& PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

broken stone, brick or wooden blocks shall not be used. Layers of bars shall be separated by

spacer bars, precast mortar blocks or other approved devices.

Reinforcement after being placed in position shall be maintained in a clear condition until

completely imbedded in concrete. Special care shall be exercised to prevent any

displacement of reinforcement in concrete already placed.

To protect reinforcement from corrosion, concrete cover shall be provided as indicated on the

drawings. All bars protruding from concrete to which other bars are to be spliced and which

are likely to be exposed for an indefinite period shall be protected by a thick coat of neat

cement grout.

In the case of columns and walls, vertical bars shall be kept in normal position with timber

templates having slots accurately cut in for bar position. Such templates shall be removed

after the concreting has progressed upto a level just below them.

Bars crossing each other, where required, shall be secured by 18 gauge galvanised iron

binding wire in such a manner that they do not slip over each other at the time of fixing and

concreting

As far as possible, bars of full length shall be used. In case this is not possible, overlapping of

bars shall be done as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. When practicable, overlapping bars

shall not touch each other, but be kept apart by 25 mm or 1.25 times the maximum size of the

coarse aggregate in the concrete between them„ whichever is greater. Where this is not

feasible, overlapping bars shall be bound with annealed steel wire, not less than 1 mrn

thickness twisted tight. The overlaps shall be staggered for different bars and located at

points along the span where neither shear nor bending moment is maximum.

Bars of less than 3.0 M length shall not be used as main reinforcement.

3 Welding of Bars

When permitted or specified on the drawings, joints of reinforcement bars shall be butt -

welded so as to transmit their full strength. Welded joints shall preferably be located at

points where the reinforcement steel will not be subject to more than 75 percent of the

maximum permissible stresses and the welded joints should be staggered such that at any one

section, not more than 33 percent of the bars are welded. Only electric arc welding using a

process which excludes air from the molten metal and conforms to any or all other special

provisions for the work will be accepted. Suitable means shall be provided for holding the

bars securely in position during welding. It must be ensured that no voids are left in welding

and when welding is done in 2 or 3 stages, the previous surfaces shall be cleaned properly.

Ends of the bars shall be cleaned of all loose scale, rust, grease, paint and other foreign matter

before welding. Only competent welders shall be employed on the work.

… Pane 7d ..

Page 38: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

38

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES

(CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

The M. S. Electrodes used for welding shall conform to IS: 814. Welded pieces of

reinforcement shall be tested. Specimens shall be taken from the actual site and their

number and the frequency of tests shall be as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge.

4. Measurement

Reinforcement shall be measured in length, separately for different diameters, as actually used in

the work including authorised overlaps, special chairs / separators specified in the drawings

and due to limitations of available bar length. From the length so measured the weight of

reinforcement shall be calculated in Kg. on the basis of standard weights specified in IS: 1732.

Lengths shall also include hooks at ends. Wastage, avoidable overlaps, coupling, welded joints

and annealed steel wire for binding and cover blocks shall not be measured and cost of these items

shall be deemed to be included in the rates for reinforcement.

5 Rate

Rate for reinforcement shall include cost of all steel, its bending, binding and fixing in position as

shown on the drawings and as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. It shall also include cost of all

devices for keeping reinforcement in approved position, cost of jointing as per approved method,

and all wastage, overlaps and spacer bars etc.

.

Page 39: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

39

MASONRY WORK 1.0 CONSTRUCTION

1.1 Soaking of Bricks

Bricks shall be soaked in water for a minimum period of one hour before use so that they will

be saturated and will not absorb water from the mortar. When bricks are soaked they shall be

removed from the tank sufficiently in advance so that at the time of lying they are skin-dry.

Such soaked bricks shall be stacked on a clean place where they are not spoil by dirt, earth, etc,

1.2 Laying of Bricks

All brick work shall be laid in English bond, even and true to line, plumb, level and all joints

accurately kept. The bricks used on the face shall be selected whole ones of uniform size and

with true rectangular face. Brick shall be laid with frogs up, if any, on a full bed of mortar.

When laying, bricks shall be slightly pressed so that the mortar gets into all the surface pores

of bricks to ensure proper adhesion. All joints shall be properly flushed and packed with

mortar so that no hollow spaces are left.

Before laying bricks in foundation, a layer of not less than 12 mm of mortar shall be spread to

make the surface on which the brickwork will be laid even. Immediately thereafter, the first

course of bricks shall he laid.

The brickwork shall be built in uniform layers, corners and other advanced work shall be

raked back. Brickwork shall be done true to plumb or in specified batter. No part of it, during

construction, shall rise more than one meter above the general construction level, to avoid

unequal settlement and improper joining. The height of brick works constructed shall not

exceed one metre in a day.

Toothing may be done where future extension is contemplated but shall be used as an

alternative to raking back.

1.3 Toints

.

Page 40: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

40

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF UP POLICE BHA WAN AT SECTOR-7 (CIVIL & PLUMBING) COMTINAGAR LUCKNOW (U.P.)

The thickness of joints shall not exceed 10mm and this thickness shall be uniform

throughout.

1.4 coining with existing structure

When fresh masonry is to be placed against existing surfaces of structures, these shall be

cleaned of all loose material, roughened and wetted as directed by the Engineer so as to affect

a good bond with the new work.

1.5 Curing

Green work shall be protected from rain by suitable covering. Masonry work in cement or

composite mortar shall be kept constantly moist on all faces for a minimum period of seven

days. The top of the masonry work shall be left flooded with water at the close of the day.

During hot weather all finished or partly completed work shall be covered or wetted in such

manner as will prevent rapid drying of the brick work.

1.6 Scaffolding

The scaffolding shall be sound and strong to withstand all loads likely to come upon it and will

be double or single as is warranted for the particular work. The holes, which provide resting

space for horizontal members, shall not be left in masonry under one metre in width or

immediately near the skew backs of arches. The holes left in the masonry work for supporting

the scaffolding shall be filled and made good with 1:4:8 cement concrete.

1.7 Condition of Equipment

All equipment used for mixing or transporting mortar and bricks shall be clean and free from

set mortar, dirt or other injurious foreign substances.

1.8 Finishing of Surfaces

For a surface which is to be subsequently plastered or pointed the joints shall be squarely

raked out to a depth of 15mm while the mortar is still green. The raked joints shall be well

brushed to remove dust and loose particles and the surface shall be thoroughly washed with

water, cleaned and wetted.

1.9 Weep Holes

In case of abutment retaining walls and wing walls, weep holes as shown on the drawings or

directed by the Engineer shall be provided in the masonry to drain moisture from the

backfilling Weep holes shall be 8 cm wide, 15 cm high and shall extend through the full

width of the masonry with slope of about 1 vertical to 20 horizontal towards the draining face.

The spacing of weep holes shall be as shown on the drawings with the lowest one at about

15cm above the low water level or ground level whichever is higher or as directed by the

Engineer.

2.0 MEASUREMENT FOR PAYMENT

.

Page 41: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

41

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES (CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

2.1 All brick work for 230mm thick or above shall be measured in cubic metres and 115mm

thick and below shall be measured in sq.metres. The work of plastering and pointing shall be

measured in square metres of the surface treated.

2.2 Rate :- The contract unit rate for brick work shall include the cost of all labour, materials,

tools and plant, scaffolding and other expenses incidental to the satisfactory completion of the

work as described herein above and as shown on the drawings. The rate for work shall also

include:

Dewatering required for completing this item and till the mortar of masonry

pointing & plastering is properly set

(ii) watering the masonry and

(iii) cleaning the site round the brick-work so as to restore the area to its original

condition.

The rate for work shall also include full compensation for using specially moulded bricks on

the face of walls with batter and provision of weep holes --- XXX ---

.

Page 42: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

42

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES (CIVIL & PLUMBING) COMTINAGAR LUCKNOW (U.P.)

WOOD WORK AND JOINER

1. SCOPE The specifications refer to wood work in general including carpentry and joinery work in the building.

2. GENERAL

The provision of the latest revisions of the following I.S. codes shall form a part of these specifications.

Reference for codes

I.S. 205

I.S. 287

I.S. 303

I.S. 362

I.S. 419

I.S. 848

I.S. 883

IR 1003

I.S. 1200

IS:1341

I.S. 1658

I.S. 1659

I.S. 1734

I.S. 1761

I.S. 2202

I.S. 2835

I.S. 3087

I.S. 14900

I.S. 12406

.

Description

Specifications for non-ferrous metal butt hinges

Recommendation for maximum permissible moisture content of timber used for different purposes.

Specification for plywood for general purpose.

Specification for parliamentary hinges

Specification for putty for the use on window frames

Specification for Synthetic Resin Adhesive for plywood.

Code of practice for design of structural timber in building.

Specification for Timber panelled and glazed shutters Part II - Window and ventilator shutters.

Method of measurement of building and Civil Part XXI Engineering Works - Wood Work and Joinery.

Specification for steel butt hinges

Specification for Fibre Hard Boards

Specification for block boards

Methods of tests for plywood

Specification for transparent sheet glass for glazing and framing purposes

Specifications for wooden flush door shutter

Flat transparent sheet glass

Specification for wood particle boards (medium density for structural timber in building)

Specifications for transparent float glass

Specification for medium density fibre boards for general purposes

. .

Page 43: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

43

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF UP POLICE I3HAWAN AT SECTOR-7 (CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

Reference for codes Description

I.S. 14900 Specification for Float Glass

Other I.S. codes not specifically mentioned here, but pertaining to wood work and joinery form part of these specifications.

3. MATERIALS

3.1 awn Timber

Teak wood of good quality and class as specified in the item shall be used. The timber shall be of high quality and well seasoned. It shall have uniform colour free from defects such as cracks, dead knots, shakes, sapwood etc. No individual hard and wound knot shall be more than 6 Sq.cm in size and the aggregate area of such knots shall not be more than 1% of the area of the piece. The timber shall be close grained having not less than 2 growth rings per cm. width in cross section. The maximum permissible percentage of moisture content for well seasoned timber used in building work shall be as specified in the IS : 287.

Teakwood/Timber, if applicable shall confirm to FSC (Forest Stewardship Council Certification) certified.

3.2 Plywood, Blockboard, Medium / High density fibre-board, teak particle board, veneered board etc. as specified in the approved list of manufactures shall only be used. Only BWR Grade Phenol formaldehyde bonded, hot pressed plywood confirming to IS 303 of approved make only to be used.

The high density particle board shall confirm to IS 3478. Marine plywood, wherever specified, shall confirm to IS 710-1980. Veneered decorative plywood shall confirm to IS 1328. Only straight grained group

matching approved veneers shall used. 3.3 The particle board shall be of high density, equal or superior quality to that laid in the I.S.

3478 and as approved by the Project Manager.

3.4 The block -+

board shall be of approved Brand, one of the following I.S. specifications or such approved adhesives shall be used .

ZI.S. 851 - 1957 Synthetic Resin adhesive for construction work in wood.

I.S. 849 - 1957 Cold setting case in glue for wood

Page 44: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

44

Where glued joiner and carpentry work is likely to come into contact with moisture, the glue

shall be waterproof. The use of animal glues will not be permitted.

.

Page 45: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

45

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES

(CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

Frames to doors, windows, etc. shall be of hardwood or teak as specified and to the

required sizes with all necessary mouldings with mortice and tenoned joint, lead and teak pins

and secured in position as specified.

Shelves generally shall be constructed of plywood with edgings of 25mm teak tongued on.

Timber is to be cut to the required sizes and length as soon as practicable after the works are

begun and stored under cover so that the air will circulate freely around it. Joinery is to be

prepared immediately after the finalisation of the contract, framed up (but not boned) and

stored until required for fixing in position, when it is to be bonded and wedged up. Any

portion that warps or develop shakes or other defects are to be replaced before wedging

up. The whole work is to be framed and finished in a proper and workman like manner, in

accordance with the detailed drawings, and fitted with all necessary metal tiles, straps, bolts,

screws, etc.

Turning bonded joints are to be cross tongued with teak tongues and where over 12mm thick,

to be double cross tongued. Joiner's work generally is to be finished with fine sand papered

surfaces unless otherwise specified.

Templates, boxes and moulds shall be accurately set out and rigidly constructed so as to

remain accurate during the time they are in use.

Grounds are to be clean sawn, free from large knots, splayed as required and plugged and fixed

to walls, etc. at 450mm centres unless otherwise specified.

Wood plugs are to be cut on the twist. Patent wall plugs or plastic fillings may be used in lieu

of wood plugs with the prior approval of the Project Manager.

All unexpected surfaces of timber, e.g. false ceilings, backing fillets, backs of door frames,

cupboard framing, grounds etc. are to be treated with two coats of approved timber

preservative before fixing or bedding.

The service stations, counters, shelving, etc. shall be generally constructed of plywood as

described and specified, properly housed, grooved tongued, glued, blocked and screwed

together and entirely to the satisfaction of the Project Manager.

The chairs, tables, etc. shall be generally constructed of teak, foam rubber and fabric as

described and specified, properly housed, grooved, tenoned, tongued, glued, blocked and

screwed together in the manner of good quality furniture and entirely to the satisfaction of the

Project Manager. A proto type sample of all custom made pieces must be prepared and

submitted to the Project Manager for his approval before proceeding with the work in

quantity.

.

Page 46: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

46

L

,' b:

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES i? (CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) 0

3.5 Joints

All joints shall be standard mortise and tenon, dowel, dovetail, and cross halved. Nailed or

glued butt joints will not be permitted. Screws, nails etc. will be standard iron or wire of

oxidized nettle, fold tenons should fit the mortises exactly.

Nailed or glued butt joints will not be permitted but for exceptional cases with approval of

Project Manager.

Where screws shown on a finished surface, those will be sunk and the whole plugged with a

wood plug of the same wood and grain of the finished surfaces will be neatly punched and the

hole filled with wood filler to match the colour.

Should joints in joiner's work open, or other defects arise within the period stated for defects

liability in the contract and the clause thereof be deemed by the Consultants to be due to such

defective joinery shall be taken down, and refilled, redecorated and/or replaced if

necessary and any work disturbed shall be made good at the Contractor's expense.

Nails, spikes and bolts shall be of lengths and weights approved by the Project Manager. Nails

shall comply with relevant standards and approved quality sample. Brass headed nails are to

comply with B.S. 1210. Wire staples shall comply with B.S. 1494 or equivalent.

The contract surface of dowels, tennons, wedges etc. shall be glued with an approved

adhesive.

Where glued, joinery carpentry work is likely to come into contact with moisture, the glue shall

be waterproof. 3.6 Hardware & Metals:

All fixtures and fittings shall be in stainless steel 306 grade or as indicated in the Bill of

Quantities. They shall present a neat appearance and shall operate smoothly. The riveted

heads of all hinges shall be well formed and smooth. Hinges shall be of the type specified and

shall conform to the relevant I.S. specifications.

The size, shape, design and finish of all fixtures and fasteners shall be as per the

architectural requirements. Hydraulic door closers, either exposed or concealed shall be

provided as per the architectural requirements. .

Page 47: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

47

ns

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 N0 TYPE -V RESIDENCES (CIVIL & PLUMBING) COMTINAGAR LUCKNOW (U.P.)

3.7 Wood Work, Wrought, Framed and Fixed

General:

The work shall be carried out as per detailed drawings and/ or as directed by the

Engineerin-charge. The wooden members of the frame shall be planed smooth and accurate to

the full dimensions. Rebates, rounding, mouldings, etc. as shown in the drawing shall be done

before the members are joined into frames. Where wood work is not exposed to view as in the

case of frames for false ceiling, however, no planning is required to be done unless specified

expressly as rough timber work.

Note: The work wrought shall mean 'planed'.

Jointing in timber frames must be made carefully and accurately. They shall be strong, neat and

shall fit without edging or filling. The joints shall be pinned with hard wood or bamboo

pins of 10 to 15 - dia after the members of the frame are pressed together in a suitable

vice-mechanism

The door and window frame shall have rebate to house the shutters and the depth of such

rebate shall be 1.25 cm.

Wood work shall be painted, oiled, polished or otherwise treated as specified. All portions of

timber abutting against masonry or concrete portion of building shall be coated with boiling

coal tar or other type of approved wood preservatives primer, before placing them in final

position.

Before any surface treatment is applied in the wood work shall be got approved by the

Engineer-in-Charge.

Fixing in Position:

The frames shall be fixed only after acceptance by the Engineer-in-Charge. .In case of door

frames without sills, the vertical members shall be buried in floor for the full thickness of the

floor and the door frame shall be temporarily braced at the sill level so as to prevent warping

or distortion of frame during construction.

3.8 Panelled, Glazed or Panelled and Glazed Shutters:

General

The work shall be carried out as per detailed drawing. The wooden members shall be

planed smooth and accurate. They shall be cut to the exact shape and sizes without

patching or plugging of any kind. Mouldings, rebates, rounding, etc. shall be done, as shown

in the drawing, before the pieces are assembled into the shutter.

Joinery work:

The thickness of the styles and rails shall be as specified in the item of work. The minimum

thickness of panels shall normally be 15 mm where the clear width of panel is not more than

300 mm and 20 mm where the clear width of the panel is more than 300 mm. .

Page 48: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

48

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF UP POLICE BilAWAN AT SECTOR-7 (CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

However, where the Engineer-in-Charge so considers lesser thickness upto 12 mm and 15 mm

respectively may be allowed by him instead of 15 mm and 20 mm specified above. Solid

wood panel for door and window shutters shall be made out of one or more strips of timber

planks of not less than 125 mm width. it is preferable to use strips of not more than 200 mm

width to reduce chances of warping, splitting or other defects. The timber strips shall be

joined together with continuous tongued and grooved joints, glued together and reinforced

with metal dowels. The grooving of the solid panel shall normally run along the longer

dimensions of the panel unless otherwise directed. The corners and edges of panels shall be

finished as shown in the drawing and these shall be feather tongued into styles and rails. Sash

bars shall have mitres joints with the styles.

Styles and rails of shutters shall be made out of single piece. Lock and intermediate rails

exceeding 200 mm in width if permitted by the Engineer-in-charge may be made out of one or

more pieces of timber but the width of each pieces shall not be less than 125 mm. Where more

than one piece of timber is used, they shall be joined with a continuous tongued and grooved

joint glued together and reinforced with metal dowels (rust proof) at regular intervals of 20

cm or pinned with not less than three 40 mm rust proof pins of the lost head type.

The tenons shall pass clear through styles. The styles and rails shall have a 12 mm groove to

receive the panel.

In case the double shutters the rebate at the closing junction of the two shutters shall be of depth

not less than 2 cm.

Shutters shall not be painted or otherwise treated before these are passed by the

Engineerin-Charge and fixed in position.

Glazing:

The glazing work shall be done in accordance with the specification given separately

elsewhere.

4. MEASUREMENTS The mode of measurement for Wood Work, Wrought, Framed and Fixed shall be

conforming to IS : 1200 (part-21) unless specified in the Bill of Quantity. The Wood Work, Wrought, Framed and Fixed shall be measured in cubic metres unless otherwise specified in the Bill of Quantity. The Wood Work, Wrought, Framed and Fixed shall be measured net as fixed, that is no extra measurement shall be made for shape, joints etc.

Woodwork and joinery work for doors / windows / glazing shall be measured in square meters. Length and width of unfinished opening shall be measured to the nearest 0.01 m.

Areas shall be worked out correct upto 3rd place of decimal of a sq.m. All work shall be measured net as fixed, that is, no extra allowance in measurement shall be made for shape, joints, etc. However, where the dimensions as fixed exceeds the specified dimension (as per

.

Page 49: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

49

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES (CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

drawing, etc.) only the specified dimensions(s) shall be measured and where one or more dimension of the piece as fixed is less than the fixed dimension the actual dimension shall be measured, without prejudice to the right of the Engineer-in-Charge to reject the piece and order replacement of such pieces.

.

Page 50: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

50

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES (CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

SPECIFICATIONS FOR DOOR SHUTTERS

1.0 FLUSH DOOR SHUTTERS 1.1 General

The door shall be of flush type solid core with single or double shutter as the case may be.

1.2 Shutters The shutters shall be decorative or non-decorative type of the exterior or interior grade as described in the item and as shown in the drawings. It shall conform to the relevant specifications for the type and grade given in I.S. 2202/1983, Specifications for Wooden Flush door shutters (solid core type). The finished thickness shall be as mentioned in the item. Face veneers and lamination used shall conform to the pattern and colour approved by the Engineer. Adhesives used for bonding various components of flush door shutter shall conform to BWP type, Phenol formaldehyde synthetic resin adhesive conforms to IS:848.

Machine / Factory made shutters, wherever specified shall be procured from an approved factory. Machine made shutters shall be brought to the site fully assembled but without any priming coat.

Lipping, where specified, shall be provided internally on all edges of the shutters. Lipping shall be done with battens of first class hardwood or as specified by the Employer's Representative. The thickness of lipping shall be uniform throughout after planning operations. Rebating, where specified shall be either square or splayed type. For flush door shutters, tolerances on width and height shall be +3 mm and that for nominal thickness shall be +1.2 mm. The thickness of the door shutter shall be uniform throughout with a permissible variation of not more than 0.8 mm when measured at any two points. The flush door shutters shall be factory laminated.

1.3 Fixtures and Fastenings

These shall be as shown in. a table on the drawings or as indicated in the Bill of quantities. Where it is not specified, they shall be in stainless steel 304 grade and shall be got approved by the Engineer prior to fixing. All fixtures and fastenings shall be sound and strong. They shall be sectional and of the best quality. The size, shape, design and finish shall be as shown on drawings and approved by the Engineer.

Unless otherwise specified each leaf shall be hung with three brass parliamentary hinges to suit the locations for back flap with brass screws. Each door shall be furnished with aldrop and latch, flush bolts, etc. The fixtures shall comply with the relevant Indian Standards. Samples of all fixtures and fastening shall be got approved by the Engineer and deposited in his office for reference.

;44

.

Page 51: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

51

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF UP POLICE I3HAWAN AT SECTOR-7 (CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

All the fixtures shall be fixed to the joinery in a secure and efficient manner. Metal sockets shall be provided to all bolts where the shoots enter, stone, concrete, etc.

1.4 Protection

The flush door shutters shall be stored in a dry area close to the site of work. Care should be taken the edges of the doors are not chipped off or damaged during transit.

1.5 Testing for flush door shutters

1.5.1 Sampling for tests The number of shutters shall be selected at random from each lot for testing as specified in the tab

Lot size Sample size Upto 50 1

50 to 150 2 151 to 300 3

301 to 500 4 501 and above 5

1.5.2 End immersion test: No delamination shall be seen when the door shutter is immersed vertically to a height of 30cm in water at room temperature for 24 hours and then allowed to dry for 24 hours at 27 + 20 C and relative humidity of 65 + 5 percent in a cycle repeated 8 times.

1.5.3 Knife test:

A knife made from 250 x 25mm file shall be inserted with its cutting edge parallel to the grain of the outer veneer and worked into, or if possible along a glue line and the veneer prised upwards. The results shall be "excellent' and shall be judged on the extent of glue line and the relative amount of wood fibre left on the core veneer and the area prised off.

1.5.4 Glue adhesion test:

No delamination shall be seen in the glue lines of the plywood when four square sections, 150mm x 150mm cut from the corners of the door are immersed in boiling water for four hours, and then allowed to dry at 27 + 20 C and relative humidity of 65 + 5 percent for 24 hours.

1.6 Measurement

Flush door shutters shall be measured in square metres. Length and width of unfinished opening shall be measured to the nearest 0.01 m. Areas shall be worked out correct upto 3rd place of decimal of a sq.m. All work shall be measured net as fixed, that is, no extra allowance in measurement shall be made for shape, joints, etc. However, where the dimensions as fixed exceeds the specified dimension (as per drawing, etc.) only the specified dimensions(s) shall be measured and where one or more dimension of the piece as fixed is less than the fixed dimension the actual dimension shall be measured, without prejudice to the right of the Engineerin-Charge to reject the piece and order replacement of such pieces. It shall include: C

.

Page 52: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

52

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES (CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

i) Supply of specified species of timber sawn to requisite sizes without. any defect, wrought, framed and fixed in position with the required standard of workmanship including supply-and-fixing of fixtures, straps, bolts, hold- fasts, spikes, nails, screws, etc. applying contractors glue or other jointing materials, coal tarring embedded parts, glazing and supplying and fixing of all specified fittings.

ii) All material, labour, scaffolding, use of equipment etc. for framing, fixing and completing the item as specified.

.

Page 53: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

53

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF UP POLICE IIHAWAN AT SECTOR-7 (CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

SPECIFICATIONS FOR. FLOORING, SKIRTING, & CLADDING,

FLOOR FINISHES

CONTENTS S.No. Description

1.0 Scope

2.0 General

3.0 Indian Patent stone flooring.

4.0 Marble stone slab / granite stone slab flooring

5.0 Skirting / Dado or Cladding of polished stone slab

7.0 Measurement .

Page 54: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

54

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES

(CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

FLOOR FINISHES

1.0 SCOPE

These Specifications covers flooring, skirting, dado or cladding works using different types of

stone/ slabs/ tiles as detailed hereunder: 2.0 GENERAL

The provision of the latest revisions of the following IS Codes shall form a part of this

specification to the extent they are relevant. IS: 269 Specification for ordinary, rapid hardening and low beat

Portland cement.

IS: 383 Specification for coarse and fine aggregate from natural sources for concrete

IS: 657 Specification for material for use in the manufacturer of

magnesium oxychloride flooring compositions.

IS: 1130 Specification for marble (Blocks, slabs & Tiles).

IS: 1200 Part XI Method of measurements for Building and Civil Engg. Works, paving, floor finishes, dado & skirting.

IS: 1237 Specification for cement concrete flooring tiles.

IS: 1443 Code of practice for laying and finishing of cement concrete lfooring tiles.

IS. 2541 Code of practice for use of Iime concrete' in buildings.

IS: 2571 Code of practice for laying in situ cement concrete flooring

IS: 4082 Recommendation on stacking and storage of construction materials at site.

IS: 4457 Specification for Ceramic unglazed vitreous acid resistant tile.

IS: 8042 Specification for white port land cement IS 8112 Specification for high strength ordinary portland cement

IS: 10067 Material Constants in Building Work

IS: 13711 Ceramic Tiles : Sampling & basis of acceptance

IS: 13712 Ceramic Tiles : Definitions, classifications, characteristics and making

.

Page 55: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

55

13 0.4,..•

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 N0 TYPE -V RESIDENCES (CIVIL & PLUMBING) COMTINAGAR LUCKNOW (U.P.)

IS: 13753 Dust Pressed ceramic tiles with water absorption of E > 10% (Group - B III)

IS: 13754 Dust Pressed ceramic tiles with water absorption of 6% < E <

10% (Group - B Hb)

IS: 13755 Dust Pressed ceramic tiles with water absorption of 3% < E < 10% (Group - B Ha)

IS: 13756 Dust Pressed ceramic tiles with water absorption of E < 3%

(Group - B I)

Other I.S Codes not specifically mentioned here, but pertaining to Floor Finishes form part

of these specifications. 3.0 MATERIAL

3.1 Cement, sand, aggregate, water shall conform to the relevant BIS standards as specified in

clause 2.0 above.

Stone shall be hard, sound, durable and free from defects like cavities, cracks, sand-holes,

flaws, injurious veins, patches of loose or soft materials and weathered portions etc.

4.0 BASIC RATE

4.1 Irrespective of the percentage quoted by the contractor, for Non schedule items, the basic

rate specified in the Bill of Quantities shall remain same.

4.2 The basic rates are exclusive of contractors' profit, overheads and carriage cost etc., but

inclusive of octroi, royality, Sales Tax, VAT etc.

4.3 No wastage shall be considered for Granite, Marble stone etc. The basic rate is rate of slabs

without any wastage.

5.0 INDIAN PATENT STONE FLOORING. 5. 1 Materials

Cement concrete: The cement concrete shall generally conform to specifications for

ordinary concrete. The coarse aggregates shall be carefully selected, sufficiently tough and

hard stone pieces broken in a manner that will provide particles of approximately cubical

shape affording good interlocking. The maximum size of coarse aggregate shall be 12 mm. The

fine aggregate shall consist of properly graded particles. The proportion of mix shall be M15 (1

: 2 : 4 (1 cement : 2 coarse sand : 4 stone aggregate)). The least amount of mixing water that

will produce a workable mix and will allow finishing without excessive trowelling shall

be used. Generally a water cement ratio of 0.5 should suffice.

5.2 Workmanship:

The sub-grade in all cases shall be formed to proper levels and slopes, well compacted and

cured. The top surface shall be kept slightly rough.

.

Page 56: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

56

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF UP POLICE BEIAWAN AT SECTOR-7 (CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

The surface of the sub-grade shall be cleaned off all loose materials and moistened

immediately before laying the concrete floor. The concrete flooring shall be laid in alternate

bays not exceeding 6.25 sq.m (about 64 sf.ft) each. The edge of each panel into which the floor

is divided should be supported by aluminium dividing strips of adequate size to prevent

sticking. Their depth shall be the same as that proposed for the finished floor as mentioned in

the item. The bars should be removed before filling in the adjoining panels. At least 48 hours

shall elapse before the concreting in the adjacent bays is commenced.

The concrete shall be laid immediately after mixing. While being placed the concrete shall be

vigorously sliced and spaded with suitable tools to prevent formation of voids or honey comb

pockets. The concrete shall be brought to the specified levels by means of a heavy straight

edge resting on the side forms and drawn ahead with a sawing motion in combination

with a series of lifts and drops alternating with small lateral shifts. While concreting the

adjacent bays care shall be taken to ensure that the edges of previously laid bays are not broken

by careless or hard tamping.

Immediately after laying the concrete, the surface shall be inspected for high or Iow spots and

any needed correction made up by adding or removing the concrete. After striking off the

surfaces to the required grade concrete shall be compacted with a wooden float. The blows

shall be fairly heavy in the beginning but as consolidation takes place, light rapid strokes

shall be given to complete the ramming. The floating shall be followed by steel trowelling

after the concrete has hardened sufficiently to prevent excess of fine material from working to

the surface, The finish shall be brought to a smooth and even surface free from defects and

blemishes and tested with straight edges. No dry cement or mixture of dry cement and sand

shall be sprinkled directly on the surface of the concrete to absorb moisture or to stiffen the

mix. After the concrete has been thoroughly rammed and has dried sufficiently to allow

rendering to be worked up, surface shall be rendered with a .thin coat of 1:1 cement mortar

with fine sand and uniformly floated. If so directed by the Engineer-in-Charge, approved

mineral colour pigment conforming to appendix-B of IS 657 shall be added to the cement

mortar to give the required colour and shade to the flooring. When the cement mortar

rendering is sufficiently stiff, Tines shall be marked on it with strings or by any other device to

give the appearance of tiles 30 x 30 cm or of any other size laid diagonally or square as directed

by the Engineer-in-Charge. The junctions of floor and walls shall be rounded off if so directed,

without any extra payment.

After the concrete in the bays has set, the joints of the panels shall be filled with cement

cream or with suitable bitumastic compound as shown on the drawings or directed by the

Engineer-in-Charge. Vertical edge of the bays shall be neatly marked on the surface of the

concrete with a pointed trowel after filling the joints. .

Page 57: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

57

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES (CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

Finishing: When the rendering is somewhat stiff, neat cement may be sprinkled on

sparingly through a paper pot on the surface and rubbed lightly to give smooth polished

ordinary cement coloured surface. If coloured flooring is required by the Engineer-in-

Charge the approved coloured cement shall be used. Surface shall be protected from direct sun

when it is green.

Curing: Curing shall start on the next day after finishing and shall be continued for 14 days. 6.0 GLAZED / CERAMIC TILES IN FLOORING 6.1 Material

The tiles including specials shall be of the approved make and quality and shall conform to BIS

Specifications in all respects. Glazed tiles / Ceramic tiles shall conform to IS : 13711-

1993, IS : 13712-1993, IS : 13753-1993, IS : 13754-1993, IS : 13755-1993, and IS : 13756-1993.

Samples of tiles shall be got approved by the Engineer-in-Charge, who will keep them in his

office for verification as to whether the material brought for use conform to the approved

samples.

The tiles shall be square or rectangular of size as specified in the item description or as

directed by the Engineer-in-charge. The thickness of the tiles shall be as specified. The

length of all four sides shall be measured correct to 0.1mm and average length breadth shall

not vary more than ± 0.8mm from specified dimension. The variation of individual

dimension from average value of length / breadth shall not exceed ± 0.5mm. Tolerance in

thickness shall be ± 0.4mm.

Cement Mortar of specified mix to be used along with White Cement of approved quality and

make.

6.2 Workmanship 6.2.1 Mortar Bedding

The amount of water added while preparing mortar shall be the minimum necessary to give

sufficient plasticity for laying. Care shall be taken in the preparation of mortar to ensure that

there are no hard lumps that would interfere with even bedding of the tiles. Before spreading

the mortar bed, the base shall be cleaned of all dirt, scum or Iaitance and loose materials and

then well wetted without forming any pools of water on the surface. The mortar shall then be

evenly and smoothly spread over the base by the use of screed battens to proper level or slope.

The thickness of the bedding shall not be less than 12 mm (about 1/2") or more than 20 mcm

(about 3/4") in any one place. The tiles shall be laid on .

Page 58: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

58

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES (CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

bedding mortar when it is still plastic but has become sufficiently stiff to offer a fairly firm

cushion for the tiles. 6.2.2 Fixing Tiles

The tiles before laying shall be soaked in water for at least 2 hours. Tiles, which are fixed in the

floor adjoining the wall, shall be so arranged that the surface of the round edge tiles shall

correspond to the skirting or dado. Neat cement grout of honey like consistency shall be spread

over the bedding mortar just to cover so many areas as can be tiled within half an hour. The

edges of the tiles shall be smeared with neat white cement slurry and fixed in this grout one

after the other, each tile being well pressed and gently tapped with a wooden mallet till it

is properly bedded and in level with the adjoining tiles. There shall be no hollows in bed or

joints. The joints shall be kept as close as possible and in straight lines. The joints between the

tiles shall not exceed 1. 5 mm (about 1/ 1 6") wide. The joints shall be grouted with a slurry of

white cement and for the locations where joints are to grouted with solid epoxy grout of

approved make 3 mm wide spacers of approved quality shall be laid at the junctions of tiles

during fixing the tiles over the cement mortar bedding . Before grouting of joints in between

the tiles all joints shall be racked for cleaning the mortar/slurry and after joints are

perfectly cleaned approve grouting material shall be filled up to the lower edge of the tile

complete as per manufacturers specifications and instructions of Engineer In charge .When

hairline joints are specified the same shall be followed. After fixing the tiles finally in an even

plane, the flooring laid shall be kept moist and allowed to mature undisturbed for 10 days to

allow the bedding and flooring to set properly. 6.2.3 Cleaning

After the tiles have been laid in a room or the day's fixing work is completed, the surplus

cement grout that may have come out of the joints shall be cleaned off before it sets. Once the

floor has set, the floor shall be carefully washed clean and dried. When dry, the floor shall be

covered with oil_ free dry saw dust which shall be removed only after completion of the

construction work and just before the floor is occupied. 6.3 Measurements

Length and breadth shall be measured correct to a cm before laying skirting, dado or wall

plaster and the area calculated in square metre correct to two places of decimal. Where coves

are used at the junctions, the length and breadth shall be measured between the lower edges

of the coves.

.

Page 59: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

59

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES (CIVIL & PLUMBING) GOIVITINAGAR LUCKNOW (U.P.)

No deduction shall be made nor extra paid for voids not exceeding 0.20 square metre.

Deductions for ends of dissimilar materials or other articles embedded shall not be made for

areas not exceeding 0.10 square metre.

Areas, where glazed tiles or different types of decorative tiles are used will be measured

separately.

6.4 Rate

The rate for flooring shall include the cost of all materials and labour involved in all the

operations described above. Nothing extra shall be paid for the use of cut (sawn) tiles in

the work. 7.0 GLAZED/CERAMIC TILES IN DADO/ SKIRTING 7.1 Materials

The tiles including specials shall be of the approved make and quality and shall conform to

BIS standards in all respects. Samples of tiles shall be got approved by the Engineer-in-

Charge. Materials brought for use shall conform to the approved samples. 7.2 Workmanship 7.2.1 Plastering

Cement plaster of specified thickness in the description of item in bill of quantities shall be

applied to the part of the wall where dado or skirting is to be fixed. The proportion of mortar

shall be as mentioned in the item. 7.2.2 Fixing of Tiles

Dado or skirting work shall be done only after fixing tiles on the floor is completed. The tiles

shall be soaked in water for at least 2 hours before being used for skirting or dado work. Tiles

shall be fixed when the cushioning mortar is still plastic and before it gets very stiff. The back

of tiles shall be covered with a thin layer of neat cement paste and the tile shall then be

pressed in the mortar and gently tapped against the wall with a wooden mallet. The fixing

shall be done from the bottom of wall upwards without any hollows in the bed or joints. Each

tile shall be fixed as close as possible to the one adjoining. The tiles shall be joined with white

cement and matching coloured pigment slurry. Any difference in the thickness of tiles shall be

evened out in cushioning mortar so that all tile faces are in one vertical plane. In case of

grouting of joints with cement joints between the tiles shall not exceed 1.5 mm in width and

they shall be uniform. For the locations where joints are to grouted with solid epoxy grout of

approved make 3 mm wide spacers of approved quality shall be laid at the junctions of tiles

during fixing the tiles over the cement mortar bedding .

Before grouting of joints in been the tiles all joints shall be racked for cleaning the

.

Page 60: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

60

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF UP POLICE BHAWAN AT SECTOR-7 (CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

mortar/sIurry and after joints are perfectly cleaned approve grouting material shall be filled

up to the lower edge of the tile complete as per manufacturers specifications and instructions

of Engineer In charge .When hairline joints are specified the same shall be followed. After

fixing the dado, they shall be kept continuously wet for 14 days. 7.2.3 Cleaning

After the tiles have been fixed the surplus cement grout that may have come out of the joints

shall be cleaned off before it sets. After the complete curing, the dado or skirting work shall

be washed thoroughly clean. 7.3 Measurement

Flooring shall be measured in Square Metres correct to two places of decimal while the

individual dimensions shall be measured correct to one centimetre before laying skirting,

dado or wall plaster. No deduction shall be made nor extra paid for any opening of area up to O.

1 sqm. Nothing extra shall be paid for use of outlines nor for fixing at different levels.

Risers of steps, skirting, cladding and dado shall be measured in square metres correct to two

places of decimal. Length shall be measured in centimetre along finished face of the riser,

skirting, cladding or dado correct to a centimetre. Height shall be measured from the finished

level of tread or floor to the top. 7.4 Rates

The rate shall include the cost of all material and labour involved in all the operations

described above. 8.0 KOTA STONE FLOORING

8.1 Kota Stone Slabs

The slabs shall be of selected quality, hard, sound, dense and homogeneous in texture free

from cracks, decay, weathering and flaws. They shall be hand or machine cut to the

requisite thickness. They shall be of the colour indicated in the drawings or as instructed by

the Engineer-in-Charge.

The slabs shall have the top (exposed) face polished before being brought to site, unless

otherwise specified. The slabs shall conform to the size required. Before starting the work the

contractor shall get the samples of slabs approved by the Engineer-in-Charge.

8.2 Dressing

Every slab shall be cut to the required size and shape and fine chisel dressed on the sides to

the full depth so that a straight d e laid along the side of the stone shall be in full contact

.

Page 61: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

61

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES (CIVIL & PLUMBING) GOM'r1NAGAR LUCKNOW (U.P.)

with it. The sides (edges) shall be table rubbed with coarse sand or machine rubbed before

paving. All angles and edges of the slabs shall be true, square and free from chippings and the

surface shall be true and plane.

The thickness of the slab after it is dressed shall be 20, 25, 30 or 40mm as specified in the

description of the item. Tolerance of + 2mm shall be allowed for the thickness. In respect of

length and breadth of slabs Tolerance of + 5mm for hand cut slabs and + 2mm for machine

cut slabs shall be allowed.

8.3 Laying

Base concrete or the RCC slab on which the slabs are to be laid shall be cleaned, wetted and

mopped. The bedding for the slabs shall be with cement mortar of specified mix and

thickness .

The slabs shall be laid in the following manner:-

Mortar of the specified mix shall be spread under the area of each slab, roughly to the

average thickness specified in the item. The slab shall be washed clean before laying. It shall

be laid on top, pressed, tapped with wooden mallet and brought to level with the adjoining

slabs. It shall be lifted and laid aside. The top surface of the mortar shall then be corrected by

adding fresh mortar at hollows. The mortar is allowed to harden a bit and cement slurry of

honey like consistency shall be spread over the same at the rate of 4.4 kg. of cement per sqm.

The edges of the slab already paved shall be buttered with grey or white cement with or

without admixture of pigment to match the shade of the stone slabs as given in the description

of the item.

The slab to be paved shall then be lowered gently back in position and tapped with

wooden mallet till it is properly bedded in level with and close to the adjoining slabs with as

fine a joint as possible. Subsequent slabs shall be laid in the same manner. After each slab has

been laid, surplus cement on the surface of the slabs shall be cleaned off. The flooring shall

be cured for a minimum period of seven days. The surface of the flooring as laid shall be true to

levels, and, slopes as instructed by the Engineer-in-Charge.

8.4 Curing, Polishing and Finishing

The day after the tiles are laid all joints shall be cleaned of the grey cement grout with a

wire brush or trowel to a ddeepptt of 5 mm and all dust and loose mortar removed and

.

Page 62: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

62

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES (CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

cleaned. Joints shall then be grouted with grey or white cement mixed with our without

pigment to match the shape of the topping of the wearing layer of the tiles.

The floor shall then be kept wet for a minimum period of 7 days. The surface shall

thereafter be grinded evenly with machine fitted with medium grade grit block (No.80).

Water shall be used profusely during grinding. After grinding the surface shall be

thoroughly washed to remove all grinding mud, cleaned and mopped. It shall then be

covered with a thin coat of grey or white cement, mixed with or without pigment to match the

colour of the topping of the wearing surface in order to fill any pin hole that appear. The

surface shall be again cured. The second grinding shall then be carried out with machine

fitted with fine grade grit block (No.120).

The final grinding with machine fitted with the finest grade grit blocks (No.320) shall be

carried out the day after the second grinding described in the preceding Para or before

handing over the floor, as ordered by the Engineer-in-Charge.

For small areas or where circumstances so require, hand polishing may be permitted in lieu of

machine polishing after laying. For hand polishing the following carborundum stones, shall

be used:

First Grinding - medium grade (No.80)

Final Grinding - fine grade (No.120) In all other respects, the process shall be similar as for machine polishing.

After the final polish, oxalic acid shall be dusted over the surface at the rate of 33 gm per

square metre sprinkled with water and rubbed hard with a 'namdah' block (pad of woolen

rags). The following day the floor shall be wiped with a moist rag and dried with a soft cloth

and finished clean.

If any tile is disturbed or damaged, it shall be refitted or replaced, properly jointed and

polished.

The finished floor shall not sound hollow when tapped with a wooden mallet.

8.5 Measurements

Kota stone flooring shall be measured in square metre correct to two places of decimal.

Length and breadth shall be measured correct to a cm. before laying skirting, dado or wall

plaster. No deduction shall be made nor extra paid for voids not exceeding 0.20 square

metre. Deductions for ends of dissimilar materials or other articles embedded shall not be

made for areas not exceeding 0.10 square metre. Nothing extra shall be paid for laying the

floor at different levels in the same room. Steps and treads of stairs paved with Kota stone

.

Page 63: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

63

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES (CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

slabs shall also be measured separately under the item of Kota stone unless otherwise

specified. The width of treads shall be measured from the outer edge of the nosing, as laid,

before providing the riser.

8.6 Rate

The rate shall include the cost of all materials and labour involved in all the operations

described above.

9.0 KOTA STONE IN RISERS OF STEPS, SKIRTING AND DADO 9.1 Kota Stone Slabs and Dressing shall be as specified above, for clause 8.0 for Kota Stone

lfooring, except that the thickness of the slabs which shall be as specified in the description

of the item. The slabs may be of uniform size, as specified.

9.2 Preparation of surface shall be as specified above in clause 8.0 for Kota Stone flooring. 9.3 Laying shall be as specified above in clause 8.0 for Kota Stone flooring for flooring, except

that the joints of the slabs shall be set in grey cement mixed with pigment to match the

shade of the slabs .

9.4 Curing, Polishing and Finishing shall be as specified above in clause 8.0 for Kota Stone

flooring.

9.5 Measurements

Length shall be measured along the finished face of riser, skirting or dado correct to a cm.

height shall be measured from the finished level of tread of floor to the top (the underside of

tread in the case of steps). This shall be measured correct to a mm in the case of risers of steps

and skirting and correct to a cm in the case of dado. The area shall be calculated in square

metre correct to two places of decimal.

Lining of pillars etc. shall also be measured under this item. 9.6 Rate

The rate shall include the cost of all materials and labour involved in all the operations

described above. .

Page 64: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

64

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES (CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

10.0 MARBLE/ GRANITE STONE SLAB FLOORING

10.1 General

The item refers to provision of flooring of Indian Marble / Granite stone slabs of approved colour / pattern and shall conform to the specification as given below :-

10.2 Materials

10.2.1 Stone Slabs

The stone slab specified in the item shall be got approved by the Engineer. At its thinnest part,

no stone shall be thinner than the specified thickness. The stone ,slab shall be hard, sound,

durable, resistant to wear, rectangular in shape or square if directed by the Engineer and of the

specified width. The stone slab shall be of the type mentioned in the item and of the colour and

quality approved by the Engineer. Slabs shall be hard, dense, uniform and homogenous in

texture. They shall have even crystalline grain, and free from defects and cracks. The surface

shall be machine polished to an even and perfectly plane surface and edges machine cut true

and square. The rear face shall be rough enough to provide a key for the mortar. Uniformity of

size shall generally be maintained for the stone slab used in any room. The stone shall be

without any soft veins; cracks of floors and shall have a uniform colour. The edges shall be

quite straight. The stone in slabs in external and internal wall veneer work shall be mirror

polished where required, in the factory with silicon carbide abrasive starting from no. "00"

up to no. 5 and then using buff/lead strip rolls with tin oxide for final mirror polish. For flooring

and counter top the final tin oxide polish shall not be used. Samples of stone slabs to be used

shall be got approved by the Engineer and the slabs to be used shall conform to the approved

sample.

The dimensions of the slab shall be as specified in the item.

10.2.2 Approval of Sample

Before starting the work, the contractor shall get samples of marble / granite slab approved by

the Engineer-in-Charge. Approved samples shall be kept in the custody of the

Engineer-in-Charge and the marble / granite slab supplied and used on the work shall

conform to samples with regard to soundness, colour, veining and general texture. .

Page 65: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

65

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF UP POLICE IIHAWAN AT SECTOR-7 (CIVIL & PLUMBING) GOIVITINAGAIL LUCKNOW

10.2.3 Sampling

In any consignment of marble / granite, all the blocks / slabs / tiles of the same group, size and

finish shall be grouped together to constitute a lot. Sample shall be selected and tested

separately for each lot for determining its conformity or otherwise to the requirements of the

specification. The number of marble / granite blocks / slabs / tiles to be selected for the samples

shall depend upon the size of the lot and shall be in accordance with the Table (Sample size &

Criteria for conformity) given below:

10.2.4 Sample size and Criteria for Conformity.

Number of Blocks/ Number of blocks slabs/Tiles to Permissible number of Sub

slabs /tiles in the lot be selected in sample defectives sample

size in

Nos.

(1) (2) (3) (4) Upto 25 3 0 2 26 to 100 5 0 101 to 200 8 0 3 201 to 500 13 0 4 501 to 1000 20 1 5

Note: The marble/granite blocks/ slabs/ tiles in the sample shall be taken at random and in order

to ensure to randomness of selection, random tables may be used.

Explanation 1: All the marble / granite blocks / slabs / tiles, selected in the sample, shall be

examined for dimensions workmanship and general requirements.

Any block / slab / tile failing in any one or more of the above requirements shall be

considered as defective. All lot shall be considered as conforming to these requirements if the

number of defectives obtained is not more than permissible no. of defectives given in Col. 3 of

the Table.

Explanation 2: The lot of marble / granite having been found satisfactory with respect to

dimensions, workmanship and general requirements shall be tested for physical properties as

given below. For this purpose a sub sample of the size given in Col. 4 of table shall be selected

at random. These marble / granite blocks/ slabs / tiles in the sub sample shall be tested for

moisture absorption, hardness and specified gravity. The Iot shall be considered having

satisfied the requirements of the physical properties if none of the marble / granite blocks / slabs

/ tiles tested for 1„ requirements fails in any of these tests. +.=

.

Page 66: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

66

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES (CIVIL Sz. PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

Physical Properties

Sr. No. Characteristic Standards Method of Test

(1) (2) (3) (4)

01 Moisture absorption after Max. 0.4% by weight IS : 1124

24 hrs immersion in cold

water

02 Hardness Min 3 Mohs Mhos Scale

03 Specific Gravity Min 2.5 g/cc IS :1122

10.2.5 Bedding

Cement mortar for the bedding shall be of the proportions as specified in the item. The

proportions will be by volume on the basis of 50 Kg. bag of cement. The mortar may be hand

mixed or machine mixed.

In hand mixed mortar, cement and sand in the specified proportions shall be thoroughly

mixed dry on a clean impervious platform by turning over at least 3 times or more till a

homogeneous mixture of uniform colour is obtained. Fresh & clean water shall be added

gradually and thoroughly mixed to form a stiff plastic mass of uniform colour so that each

particle of sand shall be completely covered with a film of wet cement. The mortar so

prepared shall be used within 30 minutes of adding water. Only such quantity of mortar shall

be prepared as can be used within 30 minutes. The mortar remaining unused after that period

or mortar which has partially hardened or is otherwise damaged shall not be re-tempered or

remixed. It shall be destroyed or thrown away.

10.3 Construction

10.3.1 Bedding

The base of cement concrete shall be laid and compacted to a reasonably true plain surface and

to the required slopes and below the level of the finished floor to the extent of the thickness

of the slabs and mortar bedding. Cement concrete bedding if provided shall be paid under a

separate item. Cement mortar for bedding may be mixed manually or by a mechanical mixer.

The amount of water added shall be the minimum necessary to give just sufficient plasticity for

laying and satisfactory bedding. Care shall be taken in preparing the mortar to ensure that

there are no hard lumps that would interfere with the even bedding of the stones. Before

spreading the mortar, the sub-floor or base shall be cleaned of all dirt, scum or laitance and of

loose material and then well wetted without forming any

' .

Page 67: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

67

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF UP POLICE BILAWAN AT SECTOR-7 (CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

pools of water on the surface. In case of R.C.C. floors, the top shalt be left a little rough. All

points of level for the finished paving surface shall be marked out. The mortar shall then be

evenly and smoothly spread over the base by the use of screed battens only over so much

area as will be covered with slabs within half and hour. The thickness of the mortar bedding

shall not be less than 12mm, not more than 25mm. The required slope shall be given to the

bed.

10.3.2 Fixing stone slab

Before laying, the stone flags shall be thoroughly wetted with clean water. Neat cement grout

of honey like consistency (white cement shall be used in the case of marble slabs) shall be

spread on the mortar bed over as much area as could be covered with the slabs within half an

hour. The specified type of stone slabs shall be laid on the neat cement float and shall be

evenly and firmly bedded to the required level and slope in the mortar bed. Each stone slab

shall be gently tapped with a wooden mallet till it is firmly and properly bedded. There shall

be no hollows left. If there is a hollow sound on gentle tapping of the slabs, such slabs shall be

removed and reset properly. The Mason shall make the joints of uniform thickness and in

straight lines. The joints shall be filled solidly with pigmented grout for their full depth. The

stone slabs shall be laid so as to give continuous parallel long joints with cross joints at right

angles to them. The edges of the adjoining slabs shall be in one plane. Where the slabs cover

open edges, of floor or window sills the edges shall be neatly rounded off. This shall be

included in the rate.

When diamond pattern paving is provided in the item, the slabs shall be square and laid to the

diamond pattern with triangular shaped slabs to make up the edges. In plain pattern stones on

each course shall break joints with those in the next. The pattern joints etc. shall be as per

drawings or as directed by Engineer-In-Charge, to the entire satisfaction of Engineer -In-

Charge

10.3.4 Curing

The flooring shall be kept well wetted with damp sand or water for fourteen days. It shall be

kept undisturbed for at lest seven days.

10.3.5 Cleaning

All flooring shall be thoroughly cleaned and handed over clean and free from any mortar

stains etc.

10.4 Measurement:

The contract rate shall be per square metre of the floor area covered by the flooring of the

specified type. All work shall be measured net. The length and width of the flooring shall .

Page 68: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

68

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES

(CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

be measured net between the faces of skirtings or dados or plastered faces of walls. Paving

under the dado, skirting or plaster shall not be measured.

10.5 Rate :

The rate for the item shall include the following.

(a) All labour, materials and equipment, cleaning the sub-base, laying mortar bed and

cement grout, fixing stone slabs specified above and making up the joints.

(b) Any cutting and waste if required.

(c) Pointing when included in the item.

(d) Cleaning the floor from all stains, etc.

(e) Polishing wherever required. 11.0 MARBLE/ GRANITE STONE IN RISERS OF STEPS AND SKIRTING

11.1 Marble Stone Slabs and Dressing of Slabs shall be as specified above in clause 10.0 of

Marble / Granite Stone Slab Flooring except that the thickness of slabs shall be as specified in

the item description. A tolerance of + 3mm shall be allowed, unless otherwise specified in the

description of the item.

11.2 Preparation of Surface

It shall be as specified above in clause 10.0 of Marble / Granite Stone Slab Flooring except

where necessary the wall surface shall be cut uniformly to the requisite depth so that the

skirting face shall have the projection from the finished face of wall as shown in drawings or as

required by the Engineer-in-Charge.

11.3 The risers of steps and skirting shall be in grey or white cement admixed with or without

pigment to match the shade of the stone, as specified in the description of the item, with the line

of the slab at such a distance from the wall that the average width of the gap shall be 12mm

and at no place the width shall be less than 10mm. The skirting or riser face shall be checked for

plane and plumb and corrected. The joints shall thus be left to harden then the rear of the

skirting or riser slab shall be packed with cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement: 3 coarse sand) or other

mix as specified in the description of the item. The fixing hooks shall be removed after the

mortar filling the gap has acquired sufficient strength.

The joints shall be as fine as possible. The top line of skirting and risers shall be truly

horizontal and joints truly vertical, except where otherwise indicated. .

Page 69: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

69

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES (CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

The risers and skirting slab shall be matched as shown in drawings or as instructed by the

Engineer-in-Charge.

11.4 Curing, Polishing and Finishing

The face and top of skirting shall be polished. The stone in slabs in external and internal wall

veneer work shall be mirror polished where required, in the factory with silicon carbide

abrasive starting from no. "00" up to no. 5 and then using buff/lead strip rolls with tin oxide for

final mirror polish. For flooring and counter top the final tin oxide polish shall not be used

11.5 Measurements

Length shall be measured along the finished face of riser or skirting, correct to a cm. Height

shall be measured from the finished level of tread or floor, to the top (the underside of tread, in

the case of steps) correct to 1mm. The areas shall be calculated in square metre correct to two

places of decimal.

11.6 Rate

The rate shall include the cost of all materials and labour involved in all the operations

described above. .

Page 70: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

70

ii

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF UP POLICE BRAWAN AT SECTOR-7 (CIVIL & PLUMBING) GOMTINAGAR LUCKNOW (11.P.)

12.0 MARBLE / GRANITE STONE SLAB CLADDING

Marble / Granite tiles and slabs shall be mirror polished, flame finished or as given any other

surface treatment as specified. All exposed edges shall be similarly treated.

The Marble / Granite stone in slabs in external and internal wall veneer work shall be mirror

polished where required, in the factory with silicon carbide abrasive starting from no. "00" up

to no. 5 and then using buff/lead strip rolls with tin oxide for final mirror polish. For flooring

and counter top the final tin oxide polish shall not be used Machine polishing and sizing shall

be done with only water as lubricant. Sawing also shall be preferably done with water as

lubricant but as a special case, oil or kerosene may be permitted subject to the oil or

kerosene being thoroughly dried in ovens. Tiles / slabs with stains or patches due to the use of

oil or otherwise shall be rejected. Any tiles / slabs showing patches or stains after installation

shall also be rejected and replaced.

Tiles shall be transported to site well-packed in boxes. Slabs will be individually packed in

cardboard paper. Tiles / slabs shall not be waxed or touched up with dyes / colours.

The entire supply for each type of marble / granite, unless specifically permitted by the

Consultant, shall be procured from one location in one quarry to keep variations to the

minimum. The Contractor shall segregate and sort the tiles / slabs according to colour,

texture and size to keep variations in the same in any one floor, wall or isolated area to the

minimum. The Contractor shall, before fixing the marble / granite on floors or walls, lay

whole areas of marble / granite loose on ground to select and match the marble / granite. Any

tiles / slabs with a variation not acceptable to Consultant / ENGINEER shall not be used, and

if used shall be removed and replaced. The Consultant's decision in this respect shalt be final

and binding.

Tight tolerances shall be checked and maintained throughout. Maximum variations shall be as

follows:-

Sides ± 0.5 mm

Thickness t 0.5 mm slabs

± 0.3 mm tiles

Angularity ± 0.2 %

Flatness 2 rum .

Page 71: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

71

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES (CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

Linear items such as treads, skirting, sills etc. shall be of uniform thickness throughout. All

visible edges shall be machine polished unless otherwise specified.

Marble / granite shall be laid or fixed to the highest standard by highly trained masons to the

entire approval of Consultant / Engineer. Any tiles / slabs broken, stained or damaged shall be

removed / replaced.

External wall cladding shall be fixed with approved stainless steel 316 grade serrated

cramps and dowels. Marble / granite slabs for external cladding shall be minimum 30mm

thick. The Contractor shall prepare shop drawings and get them approved by the

Consultant before proceeding with any work.

The Contractor shall put a mock-up of typical and non-typical panels and get it approved well

before he commences fixing on site.

The Contractor shall coordinate his site activities with other contractors working on site

through Engineer and shall take particular care, in coordination with the Engineer, in

ensuring that his methods of fixing do not damage or endanger the building structure,

finishes and services in any way.

The Contractor shall get his system of anchorage approved by the Consultant. No

reinforcement bar in concrete shall be cut through during drilling or anchorage.

The anchorage in solid concrete blockwork shall be specially designed taking into

consideration the actual compactness and crushing strength of the blocks. 2 nos. pullout tests

in blockwork shall be carried out prior to commencing work to prove the strength of

anchorage with ample margin of safety.

Prior to commencing work, the Contractor shall obtain approval of the Consultant for

material and workmanship after submitting the following details:-

(a) 3 representative samples for each type of marble / granite specified. (b) Physical characteristics:-

Dimensional tolerances, water absorption (polished or unpolished as applicable) by

weight, compression strength, Mohs hardness, unit weight. .

Page 72: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

72

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES (CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

(c) Source of supply and availability in full quantity and uniformity of colour, tone and texture.

(d) Company profiles of suppliers and labour sub contractor if any. (e) Procedure for fixing and samples of fixtures such as cramps, pins, dowels etc.

If required the Contractor shall arrange visits to the quarries and to the works carried out by

the proposed Sub Contractor.

12.1 Measurements:

The length and breadth shall be measured correct to a cm. In case of radially dressed or

circular slabs used in the work, the dimensions of the circumscribing rectangles of the

dressed stone used in the work, shall be measured & paid for. The area shall be calculated in

Sqm. nearest to two paces of decimal

12.2 Rate:

The rate includes the cost of materials and labour required for all operations described

above. The rate shall also include:

a) Marble / Granite stone slab / tiles procured & delivered at Site, including wastage

and breakage, polishing, chamfering, rounding, grooves, drip moulds and other

linear works as per drawings and specifications.

b) Stainless steel cramps, pins, dowels and other anchoring systems as per approved

shop drawings and as specified.

c) Backing mortar and pigmented cement grout where specified.

d) Labour in transporting materials on site, fixing, carefully cutting, hand polishing,

and touching up where required etc.

e) Protecting Marble / Granite stone slab / tiles during construction until virtual

completion of works.

f) Temporary supports, templates, straight edges etc.

g) Alignment and leveling in coordination with Engineer and Main Contractor.

h) Joints with plastered and other surfaces.

i) Cleaning on completion.

I) Scaffolding / staging and safety precautions.

k) Submissions of Samples.

1) Mock-up (total area approx. 15 sqm.)

.

Page 73: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

73

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES (CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

Working to specified tolerances

n) Shop drawings

o) Pull out tests - 2 nos. - on anchors in blockwork.

P) Provisions for adequate anchorage.

q) Providing and applying protective water / stain resistant chemical coating /

impregnation treatment. 13.0 ANTISKID VITRIFIED TILES FOR FLOORING

13.1 Standards

Description Minimum requirement

Specification for coarse and fine I.S. 383 -1970

aggregates

Tests for mortar I.S. 2250 : 1981

Method of test of aggregates in I.S. 2386 - 1963 concrete

Recommendation on stacking and

storage of construction materials at site. T.S. 4082 : 1996

Specification for white port land I.S. 8042 - 1989 cement

Ordinary portland cement 43 grade I.S. 8112 - 1989

Water I.S. 456: 2000 & I.S. 3025

Antiskid Vitrified Tiles Shall conform to EN - 176 Group B1a and ISO

13006 stds. Deviation in length Method of testing shall be as per EN 98

Deviation in thickness Method of testing shall be as per EN 98

Straightness of sides Method of testing shall be as per EN 98

Rectangularity Method of testing shall be as per EN 98 (-)

.

.

Page 74: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

74

ix

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (CIVIL & PLUMBING)

Description

Surface flatness

Water absorption

Moh's hardness

Flexural strength

Abrasion resistance

Skid resistance (coefficient of friction)

Breaking strength

Density

Frost resistance

Chemical resistance

Thermal shock resistance

Colour resistance

Thermal. expansion

Stain resistance

Glossiness 13.2 Materials

.

.

CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

Minimum requirement

Method of testing shall be as per EN 98

Shall not be greater than 0.05 % (Method of testing shall be as per EN 99)

Shall not be less than 6 (Method of testing

shall be as per EN 101)

Shall not be less than 27 N / sqmm. (Method

of testing shall be as per EN 100)

(Method of testing shall be as per EN 102)

0.6 (Method of testing shall be as per ASTM C-1028)

Shall not be less than 2500 N (Method of

testing shall be as per ASTM C-678)

Shall not be less than 2 gm / cm3 (Method of

testing shall be as per DIN - 51082)

Shall be frost proof (Method of testing shall be as per EN - 202)

Shall be resistant to chemicals(Method of

testing shall be as per EN - 106)

Shall be resistant to thermal shocks (Method of testing shall be as per EN - 104)

No damage (Method of testing shall be as per DIN - 51094)

Shall not be more than 9 x 10-6 (Method of testing shall be as per EN - 103)

Shall be stain resistant (Method of testing

shall be as per ISO 10545 -14)

Desired reflection effect as required by

architect (Method of testing shall be with the

use of glossometer)

.

Page 75: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

75

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES (CIVIL & PLUMBING) COMTINAGAR LUCKNOW (U.P.)

Tiles

The tiles shall be fully vitrified, homogeneous, unglazed, ceramic satin matt finished tiles of

specified size and shall not be chamfered,. The thickness of tiles shall be as specified in the bill

of quantities if not mentioned the it shall be as per the relevant IS Codes or as shown in the

drawings.

13.3 Workmanship

The floor tiles shall be laid to the correct slope and levels. The mix of the mortar shall be to a

minimum of 1:4 consistencies or as specified in the bill of quantities.

Bedding for tiles in flooring

The amount of water added while preparing mortar shall be the minimum necessary to give

sufficient plasticity for laying. Before spreading the mortar bed, the base shall be cleaned of

all dirt, scum or laitance and loose materials and then well wetted without forming any pools

of water on the surface. The mortar shall then be evenly and smoothly spread over the base by

the use of screed battens to proper level or slope. The thickness of the bedding shall not be less

than 12 mm (about 1/2") or more than 20 mm (about 3/4") in any one place. The tiles shall be

laid on bedding mortar when it is still plastic but has become sufficiently stiff to offer a fairly

firm cushion for the tiles.

Laying of tiles

The tiles before laying shall be soaked in water for at least 2 hours. Tiles, which are fixed in the

floor adjoining the wall, shall be so arranged that the surface of the round edge tiles shall

correspond to the skirting or dada. Neat cement grout of honey like consistency shall be spread

over the bedding mortar just to cover so many areas as can be tiled within half an hour.

The edges of the tiles shall be smeared with neat white cement slurry and fixed in this grout

one after the other, each the being well pressed and gently tapped with a wooden mallet till it

is properly bedded and in level with the adjoining tiles. There shall be no hollows in bed or

joints. The joints shall be kept as close as possible and in straight lines

In case of grouting with white cement the width of the joints between the tiles shall not

exceed 1. 5 mm. The joints shall be grouted with a slurry of white cement mixed with

matching pigment and for the locations where joints are to grouted with solid epoxy grout of

approved make 3 mm wide spacers of approved quality shall be laid at the junctions of .

Page 76: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

76

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES (CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

tiles during fixing the tiles over the cement mortar bedding . Before grouting of joints in

between the tiles all joints shall be racked for cleaning the mortar/slurry and after joints are

perfectly cleaned approve grouting material shall be filled up to the lower edge of the tile

complete as per manufacturers specifications and instructions of Engineer In charge

When hairline joints are specified the same shall be followed

After fixing the tiles finally in an even plane, the flooring shall be covered with wet saw dust

and allowed to mature undisturbed for 14 days.

Cleaning

After the tiles have been laid in a room or the day's fixing work is completed, the surplus

cement grout that may have come out of the joints shall be cleaned off before it sets. Once the

floor has set, the floor shall be carefully washed clean and dried.

.

Page 77: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

77

TECIINICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES (CIVIL Sc PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

13.4 Testing

If any tile is found to be warped, damaged or irregular in shape and size, it shall be refitted or

replaced, properly jointed. The tiling work shall be tested for plumb, line and level. The

surface of the floor and wall surfaces shall be frequently checked with a straight edge.

Corners of walls shall be truly at right angles. The finished work shall not sound hollow

when tapped with a wooden mallet.

13.5 Measurement:

The contract rate shall be per square metre of the floor area covered by the flooring of the

specified type and shall be for all heights and levels. All work shall be measured net. The

length and width of the flooring shall be measured net between the faces of skirting or dados

or plastered faces of walls. Paving under the dado, skirting or plaster shall not be measured.

13.6 Rate :

The rate for the item shall be inclusive of all the items /stages /steps as described above and

also include the following.

All labour, materials and equipment, cleaning the sub-base, laying mortar bed and

cement grout, fixing tiles as specified above and making up the joints.

Any cutting and waste if required.

Pointing when included in the item.

Cleaning & protecting the floor from all stains, etc.

Page 78: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

78

MIRROR PANELLING AND TOILET MIRROR

The item includes providing bevelled or plain edges glass mirror with or without frame of size as mentioned in the schedule including fixing.

1.1 Material:

Glass mirror shall be 6mm thick plate glass unless specified with silvered polish and protective coat of copper sulphate. Backing shall be provided with marine plywood of thickness as specified in the BOQ. Edges to be bevelled or machine polished as per BOQ

1.2 Fixing:

Glass mirror shall be fixing to proper line and level as indicated in drawing with Mirror studs or mirror head screws as per BOQ, and making good the wall to the original condition after fixing the glass mirror etc.

1.3 The Rate Includes For:

a) Glass mirror with plywood backing, all studs, screws, bolts etc. b) All necessary labour, material and the use of tools.

1.4 Mode of Measurement:

The measurement shall be for unit square meter of each, unit of glass mirror as specified in the schedule.

Please provide the following documentation for LEED:

a) Letter from manufacturer indicating post consumer and post industrial recycled content in the material.

b) Letter from the manufacturer specifying the distance of the manufacturing unit from project site and distance of the extraction units for the raw materials from project site. (The distance should be a radial distance). (Note: This letter to be collected for all materials which are manufactured within 300km radial distance of site.)

Page 79: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

79

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES (CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

PAINTING

1.0 SCOPE

These specifications cover the use of paints for the plastered and concrete surfaces. It also

includes the painting of wood and metal surfaces.

2.0 GENERAL

The provisions of the latest revisions of the following IS: Codes shall form a part of this

specification.

IS: 63 Whiting for Paint & putty.

IS: 75 Specification for Linseed oil, raw & refined.

IS: 159 Specification for ready mixed paint, brushing, acid resistant.

IS: 345 Specification wood filler, transparent, liquid.

IS: 426 Specification for paste filler for colour coats.

IS: 427 Specification for Distemper, dry colour, as required.

IS: 428 Specification for Distemper, Oil Emulsion, colour as required.

IS: 533 Specification for Gum spirit of Turpentine (Oil of Turpentine)

IS: 710 Marine Plywood

IS: 1200 (Part XIII) Method of Measurement of Building & Civil Engg Works - White Washing, colour washing, distempering & other finishes.

IS: 1477 (Part 1) Code of practice for painting of ferrous metals in buildings Pre-treatment

IS: 1477 (Part 11) Code of practice for finishing of ferrous metals in buildings. Painting

IS: 2338 (Part 1) Code of practice for finishing of wood and wood based materials Operations and workmanship for finishing.

IS: 2338 (Part 11) : Code of practice for finishing of wood and wood based materials, Schedule

IS: 2395 (Part I) : Code of practice for painting concrete masonry and plaster surfaces. Operation & workmanship

IS: 2395 (Part 11) Code of practice for painting concrete, masonry and plaster surfaces. Schedule.

IS: 2524 (Part 1) Code of practice for painting of non-ferrous metal in buildings Pre-treatment

IS: 2524 (Part 11) Code of practice for painting of non-ferrous metal in buildings Painting

IS: 3140 Code of practice for painting asbestos cement buildings:

IS: 3537 Specification for ready mixed paint, finishing, interior for general purposes to IS colour.

IS: 5410 Specification for cement paints, colour as required. .

Page 80: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

80

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF UP POLICE BHA WAN AT SECTOR-7 (CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

IS : 6278 Code of practice for white washing & colour washing.

Other IS Codes not specifically mentioned here, but pertaining to painting form part of

these specifications.

3.0 MATERIALS

Materials shall strictly conform to the relevant IS: Specifications.

4.0 PLASTERED OR CONCRETE SURFACES

4.1 General

Wherever scaffolding is necessary, it shall be erected in such a way that as far as possible no part

of scaffolding shall rest against the surface to be painted. A properly secured and well tied

suspended platforms (JHOOLA) may be used for painting. Where ladders are used, pieces of

old gunny bags shall be tied at top and bottom to prevent scratches to the walls and floors. For

painting of ceilings, proper stage scaffolding shall be erected, where necessary.

Preparation of surfaces:

The surface shall be thoroughly cleaned off all dirt, dust, mortar dropping and other foreign

matter, before paint is to be applied. New plaster surfaces shall be allowed to dry for at least

2 months, before applying paint. All unnecessary nails shall be removed. Pitting in plaster shall

be made good with putty. The surface shall then be rubbed down again with a fine grade sand

paper and made smooth. The surface shall be allowed to dry thoroughly before the regular coat of paint is allowed.

The surface affected by moulds moss, fungi, algaelicnens, efflorescence shall be treated in

accordance with IS 2395 (Part 1) before applying paint.

4.2 Oil-Bound Distempering

Preparation of Surfaces:

Any unevenness shall be made good by applying putty, made of plaster of Paris mixed with

water on the entire surface including filling up the undulation and then sand papering the same

after it is dry.

Primer Coat:

The primer where used as on undercoated surfaces shall be alkali resistance primer or

distemper primer as specified in the item. These shall be of the same manufacture as of oil

bound distemper. If the wall surface plaster has not dried completely alkali resistance primer

shall be applied before distempering the walls. But if the distempering is done after the wall

surface is dried completely, diste per primer shall be applied.i._ .

Page 81: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

81

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES (CIVIL & PLUMBING) GOMTINAGAR LUCKNOW ((LP.)

Application:

Primer shall be applied with a brush on the clean dry and smooth surface. Horizontal strokes

shall be given first and vertical strokes shall be applied immediately afterwards. This entire

operation will constitute one coat. The surface shall be finished as uniformly as possible

leaving no brush marks. It shall be allowed to dry for at least 48 hours, before oil bound

distemper or paint is applied. Preparation of oil bound distemper:

The distemper shall be diluted with water or any other prescribed thinner in a manner

recommended by the manufacturer. Only sufficient quantity of distemper required for days

work shall be prepared.

Application of distemper coat:

After the primer coat has dried for at least 48 hours, the surface shall be lightly sand papered to

make it smooth for receiving the distemper, taking care not to rub out the printing coat. All

loose particles shall be dusted off after rubbing. Minimum two coats of distemper shall be

applied with brushes in horizontal strokes followed to immediately by vertical which together

shall constitute one coat. The subsequent coats shall be applied after a time interval of at least 24

hours between consecutive coats to permit the proper drying of the preceding coat.

The finished surface shall be even and uniform without patches, brush marks, distemper, drops,

etc.

Sufficient quantity of distemper shall be mixed to finish one room at a time. The application of a

coat in each room shall be finished in one operation and no work shall be started in any room,

which cannot be completed the same day.

15 cm. double bristled distemper brushes shall be used. After each days work, brushes shall be

thoroughly washed in hot water with soap solution and hung down to dry. Old brushes which

are dirty and caked with distemper shall not be used on the work.

4.3 Water Proof Cement Paint

Preparation of Surfaces

The surfaces shall be thoroughly wetted with clean water before the water proof cement

paint is applied. .

Page 82: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

82

, TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES

(CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

Preparation of Paint

Portland cement paints are made readily by adding paint power to water and stirring to obtain

a thick paste which shall then be diluted to a brushable consistency. Generally equal volumes of

paint powder and water make a satisfactory paint. In all cases the manufacturer's instructions

shall be followed. The paint shall be mixed in such quantities as can be used up within an hour of

mixing as otherwise the mixture will set and thicken, affecting flow and finish.

The lids of cement paint drums shall be kept tightly closed when not in use, as by exposure to

atmosphere the cement paint rapidly becomes air set due to its hydroscopic qualities. Application of Paint:

No painting shall be done when the paint is likely to be exposed to a temperature of below 7

degree within 48 hours after application.

When weather conditions are such as to cause the paint to dry rapidly, work shall be carried out

in the shed as far as possible. This helps the proper hardening of the paint film by keeping the

surface moist for a longer period.

To maintain a uniform mixture and to prevent segregation the paint shall be stirred

frequently in the bucket.

For undecorated surfaces, the surface shall be treated with minimum two coats of waterproof

cement paint. Not less than 24 hours shall be allowed between two coats and the second or

subsequent coat shall not be started until the preceding coat has become sufficiently hard

to resist marking by the brush being used. In hot dry weather the preceding coat shall be slightly

moistened before applying the subsequent coat.

The finished surface shall be even and uniform in shade without patches, brush marks, paint

drops, etc.

Cement paints shall be applied with a brush with relatively short stiff hog or fibre bristles. The

paint shall be brushed in uniform thickness and shall be free of excessively heavy brush marks.

The laps shall be well brushed out. Curing

Painted surfaces shall be sprinkled with water two or three times a day. This shall done

between coats and for at least two days following the final coat. The curing shall be started

.

Page 83: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE -V RESIDENCES (CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

1.0 PAINTING WOOD AND METAL SURFACES

1.1 General Requirement :

All material required for the works shall be as specified and from an approved

manufacturer, delivered to the site in the manufacturer's containers with the seals etc.

unbroken and clearly marked with the manufacturer's name or trade mark with a

description of the contents and colour. All materials are to be stored on the site of the work. All

materials not in actual use shall be kept properly protected. Lids of containers shall be kept

closed and surface of paint in open or partially open containers covered with a thin layer of

turpentine to prevent formation of skin. Materials which have become stale or fat due to

improper and long storage shall not be used. The paint shall be stirred thoroughly in its

container before pouring into small containers. While applying also, the paint shall be

continuously stirred in the smaller container. No left over paint shall be put back into stock

tins. When not in use, the containers shall be kept properly closed.

Spray painting with approved machines will be permitted only if written approval has been

obtained from the Project Consultant prior to painting. No spraying will be permitted in the

case of priming coats nor where the soiling of adjacent surfaces is likely to occur. The buzzle

and pressure to be so operated as to give an even coating throughout to the satisfaction

of the Project Consultant. The paint used for spraying is to comply generally with the

specification concerned and is to be specially prepared by the manufacturer for spraying.

Thinning of paint made for brushing will not be allowed. Only for unavoidable reason and

after taking written permission from the Engineer In charge thinning will only be allowed , in

that case specially for ready mixed paint, the brand of thinner recommended by manufacturer

shall only be used.

Painting except the priming coat shall generally be taken in hand after all other builder's

work is practically finished. The rooms shall be thoroughly swept out and the entire building

cleaned up at least one day in advance of the paint work being started. The surface to be

painted shall be thoroughly cleaned and dusted. All rust, dirt scales, smoke and grease shall be

thoroughly removed before painting is started.

No painting on exterior or other exposed parts of the work shall be carried out in wet, humid or

otherwise unfavourable weather and all the surfaces must be thoroughly dry before

painting work is started. .

Page 84: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES (CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

Wood preservative shall be Solignum or other equal and approved impregnating wood

preservative and all concealed wood work shall be treated with wood preservative.

All brushes, tools, pots, kettles etc. used in carrying out the work shall be clean and free

from foreign matter and are to be thoroughly cleaned out before being used with a

different type of class of materials.

All iron or steel surfaces shall be thoroughly scraped and rubbed with wire brushes and

shall be entirely free from rust, mill scale etc. before applying the priming coat.

Surfaces of new wood work which to be painted are to be rubbed down, cleaned down to

the approval of the Consultants.

Surfaces of previously painted woodwork which are to be painted are to be cleaned down

with soap and water, detergent solution or approved solvent to remove dirt, grease etc.

Whilst wet the surfaces shall be flatted down with a suitable abrasive and then rinsed

down and allowed to dry. Minor areas of defective paint shall be removed by scraping

back to a firm edge and the exposed surface touched in with primer as described and

stopped with putty. Where wood work has been previously painted or polished and is to be

newly polished, scrapping, burning off or rubbing down is to be done.

Surfaces of previously painted metal which shall be painted are to be cleaned down and

flattened down as described in surfaces of any rust and loose scale shall be removed

completely by chipping, scrapping and wire brushing back to the bare metal and touched in

with primer as described. 1.2 Brushing of Paint

The brushing operations are to be adjusted to the spreading capacity advised by the

manufacturers of the particular paint. The painting shall be applied evenly and smoothly by

means of crossing and laying off, the later in the direction of the grain of wood. The crossing

and laying off consists of covering the area over with paint, brushing the surface hard for the

first time over and then brushing alternatively in the opposite directions two or three times

and then finally brushing lightly in a direction at right angles to the same. In this process, no

brush marks shall be Left after the laying off is finished. The full process of crossing and

laying off will constitute one coat.

During painting, every time after the paint has been worked out of the brush bristles or after

the brush has been unloaded, the bristles of the brush. (which are drawn together due to the

high surface tension) shall be opened up by striking the brush against a portion of the

.

Page 85: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES (CIVIL & PLUMBING) GOPvITINAGAR LUCKNOW (U.P.)

unpainted surface with the end of the bristles held at right angles to the surface, so that

bristles thereafter will collect the correct amount of paint when dipped again into the paint

container.

1.3 Spraying:

Where so stipulated, the painting shall be done with spray. Spray machine used may be (a)

high pressure (small air aperture) type or (b) a low pressure (large air gap) type, depending on

the nature and location of work to be carried out. Skilled and experienced workmen shall be

employed for this class of work. Paints used shall be brought to the requisite consistency by

adding a suitable thinner.

Spraying should be done only when dry conditions prevails. During spraying the spray gun

shall be held perpendicular to the surface to be coated and shall be passed over the surface in a

uniform sweeping motion. Different air pressures and fan adjustment shall be tried so as to

obtain the best application with the minimum wastage of paint. The air pressure shall not be

kept too high as otherwise the paint will clog up and will be wasted.

Spots that are inaccessible to the spray pattern shall be touched up by brush after spraying.

At the end of the job, the spray-gun shall be cleaned thoroughly so as to be free from dirt.

Incorrect adjustments shall be set right, as otherwise they will result in variable spray

patterns, runs, sags and uneven coats.

Each coat shall be allowed to dry completely and lightly rubbed with very fine grade of sand

paper and loose particles brushed off before next coat is applied. Each coat shall vary slightly in

shade and shall be got approved from the Engineer-in-charge before next coat is started.

Each coat except the last coat, shall be lightly rubbed down with sand paper or fine pumice

stone and cleaned off dust before the next coat is applied.

No hair marks from the brush or clogging of paint puddles in the corner panels, angles of

moulding, etc. shall be Left on the works. In painting doors and windows, the putty round the

glass panes shall also be painted but care shall be taken to see that no paint stains etc. are left on

the glass. Tops of shutters and surfaces in similar hidden locations shall not be left out in

painting.

In painting steel work, special care shall be taken while painting over bolts, nuts, rivets,

overlaps etc.

.

Page 86: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF UP POLICE BIIAWAN AT SECTOR-7 (CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

The additional specifications for primer and other coats of paints shall be according to the

detailed specifications under the respective headings.

Brushes and containers:

After work, the brushes shall be completely cleaned off paint and linseed oil by rinsing with

turpentine. After cleaning, the brushes are wrapped in heavy paper or water proof paper for

storage. It is to be used the next day, it shall be hung in a thinner or linseed oil in a container.

On no account shall brushes to be made to stand on bristles. A brush in which paint has

dried up is ruined and shall on no account be used for painting work.. The containers, when

not in use, shall be kept closed and free from air so that paint does not thicken and also shall

be kept guarded from dust. When the paint has been used, the containers shall be washed

with turpentine and wiped dry with soft clean cloth, before they can be used again. 1.4 Wood and wood Based Materials:

Preparation of Surface:

All wood work shall be dry and free from any foreign matter, incidental to building

operation. Nails shall be punched well below the surface to provide a firm key for stopping.

Moulding shall be carefully smoo erred with abrasive paper and projecting fibres shall be

.

Page 87: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES (CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

removed. Flat portions shall be smoothened off with abrasive paper used across the grain

prior to painting. Any knots, resinous, streaks or bluish sap wood that are large not enough to

justify cutting out shall be treated with two coats of pure shellac knotting, applied thinly and

extended about 25 mm beyond the actual area requiring treatment.

1.5 Plywood and Block Board:

This shall be treated as for solid wood, described above.

1.6 Hard Boards:

The surface shall be dusted off and painted with a coat of plastic emulsion paint thinned

with water or with a coat of shellac varnish as specified. The surface shall then be rubbed

down with fine grade abrasive paper and followed with required under coating and

finishing coat as for soiled wood. 1.7 Particle Board:

The surface shall be filled with a thin brushable filler and finished as for solid wood.

1.8 Insulation Boards:

Two thin coats of water based paints shall be applied by spraying. 1.9 Priming Coat:

The dirt or any other extraneous material shall be removed from the surface to be painted. In

case the surface is already finished with printer coat but unsatisfactory, it shall be rubbed

down to bare wood and surface reprimed. Primer shall be applied by brushing. 1.10 Application for transparent wood filler:

The filler shall be applied with brush or rag in such a way that it fills up all the pores and

indentations and levels up the surface. It shall be allowed to dry for 24 hours and it shall then

be cut and rubbed with emery paper so that the surface of the wood is laid bare, with, the filler

only in the pores and crevices of the wood.

1.11 Stopping:

All holes, cracks, crevices, etc. shall be stopped carefully to true and level surface with putty

before the main undercoat is applied and after the application of the priming coat, stopping

shall be prepared as below:

.

Page 88: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES (CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

Bees wax, resin and lac (orange in colour) in the proportion of 1: 1: 16 by weight shall be

melted down together in a suitable pot using slow heat, the mix being kept well stirred.

Colouring materials to produce the required shade shall be added into molten mixture and

stirred. Stopping shall on cooling be rolled into stick forms for use. 1.12 Application of Paints:

This shall conform to specifications under Para 5. 1 Applying wood preservatives:

The preservatives of specified quality shall be applied in two coats. On new wood work, it

shall be applied liberally with a stout brush and not doubled with rags or cotton waste, The

first coat shall be allowed at least 24 hours to soak in before the second coat is applied. The

excess of preservative which does not soak into the wood shall be wiped off with a clean dry

piece of cloth.

2 POLISH

2.1 French Polish

The basic material shall be shellac dissolved in mentholated spirit. 2.2 Preparation

The timber must be well sanded and cleaned and the grain filled with a grain filler. Any

staining must be done before applying the polish.

2.3 Equipment

The polishing rubber, the most important implement in French polish shall consist of a pad of

cotton wool, which acts as a reservoir for the polish, and a cover of soft white linen or

cotton fabric, similar to a well-worn handkerchief which acts as a fitter, the rubber must

never be dipped into the polish; it should be changed by pouring the polish on to the pad

with the cover removed.

2.4 Application

Work is to be done evenly over the surface with a slow figure-of-eight motion until the

timber is coated with a thin layer of polish. The object is to apply a series of thin coats,

allowing only a few minutes for drying between the coats. When a level and even-bodied

surface is obtained the work is ready for the second stage i.e. spiriting off. .

Page 89: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES (CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

The work shall be allowed to stand for at least eight hours, then a fresh rubber shall be

taken with a double thickness of cover material and it should be charged with mentholated

spirit.

Finally, work shall be done in the direction of the grain and continued until the surface is

free from smears and rubber marks then left to harden off.

2.5 Wax Polish

Wax polish shall contain silicones and driers. A good silicon wax is to be used not as a

creamy or spray. The timber shall be sealed first with another finish such as Ronseal,

before applying the wax.

2.6 Application

A light coat of the sealer shall be applied by brush or cloth direct to the unfilled timber,

working it well in and finishing evenly with the grain. It shall be allowed to dry

thoroughly, then sanded lightly with fine abrasive paper. A heavy coat of wax shall be

applied by cloth or on flat surfaces, with stiff brush. Work it well into the timber and

finish off by stroking with the grain before leaving to harden. Leave for several hours

before rubbing up with a soft brush. Finally, buff the grain with a soft cloth.

2.7 Transparent Coloured Polyurethane (Melamine)

This shall be applied where natural grain of the wood is required to show. Polyurethane

gives tough surface which resists chipping, scratching and boiling water.

2.8 Application

All grease and wax shall be cleaned off with an abrasive and white spirit, this should not be

applied in humid conditions. The first coat should be applied, preferably of clear hard

glaze with a cloth pad. This should be left to dry for at least six hours, then further coats

should be applied with a paint brush. If you wait for longer than 24 hours between coats, the

previous coat should be rubbed down to a matt finish, if required, by giving a final coat of

clear Renseal Matt coat. .

Page 90: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE -V RESIDENCES (CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

3.0 WHITE WASHING General

The item refers to white-washing over old and new concrete, stone masonry brick plastered

surfaces and asbestos cement sheets.

White wash shall be prepared from fresh burnt white stone lime or shell lime. This lime shall

be of class C type as per IS: 712. Surkhi lime or lime of equivalent quality may be used. The

lime shall be dissolved in a tub with sufficient quality of water (about 4.5 litres/Kg. of lime)

and the whole shall be thoroughly mixed and stirred until it attains the consistency of thin

cream. The white wash shall be taken out in small quantities and strained through a clear

course cloth. Alternatively with IS: 63 may also be used. Clean gum dissolved in hot water

shall then be added in suitable proportion of 2 gm of gum Arabic to a litre of lime or whiting

to prevent the white- wash coming off easily when rubbed. Rice may be used instead of

gum. Scaffolding:

This may be double or single according to requirements. If ladders are used, pieces of old

gunny bags or cloth rags shall be tied on their tops to avoid damage or scratches to the wall.

Proper stage scaffolding shall be created when white-washing ceiling. The contractor shall be

responsible for accidents if any taken place.

Preparation of Surface:

The surface shall be prepared by removing all mortar dropping and foreign matter and

thoroughly cleaned with wire or fibre brush or other means as may be ordered by the

Engineer to produce an approved clean and even surface. All loose pieces and the scales

shall be scraped off and holes stopped with mortar. In case where the surface have been

previously coloured-washed, the old colour wash must be entirely removed before the

white-wash is applied. In the case of surface which have once been white-washed, the old

loose white-wash shall be broomed down. In case, the loose white-wash cannot be removed by

brooming, the Engineer may order scraping of the surface.

After cleaning the surface as specified above, the unwanted nails shall be removed and all nail

holes, cracks and crevices stopped with mortar similar in composition to the surface to be

stopped. The mortar should be cured.

Application of white-wash:

.

Page 91: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES (CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

On the surface so prepared, the white-wash shall he laid. Each coat shall be laid on with a

brush. The first stroke of the brush shall be from the top downwards, another from bottom

upwards over the first stroke, and similarly, one stroke from the right and another from the

left over the first brush before it dries. This will form one coat. Each coat must be allowed to

dry and shall be subject to inspection before the next coat is applied. When dry, the surface

shall show no signs of cracking. It shall present a smooth and uniform finish free from brush

marks and it should not come off easily when rubbed with a finger.

No portion in the surface shall be left out initially, to be patched up later on.

For new work, the white washed surface shall present a smooth and uniform finish.

For old work, patches and repairs shall be white washed first. Thereafter, the whole surface

shall be white washed with the required number of coats.

Doors, windows, floors and other articles of furniture, etc., shall be protected from being

splashed upon. Splashing and droppings, if any, shall be removed and the surfaces cleaned.

Preparing the surface for white wash including the scaffolding.

Applying the white wash in required number of coats as specified above and prior white

washing of repaired patched. Mode of Measurement:

The contract rate shall be per unit area covered.

4.0 PLASTIC EMULSION PAINTING ON WALL & CEILING 4.1 General.

Plastic emulsion paints are not suitable for application on external wood and iron surfaces

and surfaces which are liable to heavy condensation and are to be used generally on

masonry or plastered surfaces. Suitable primer as per manufacturer shall be provided. 4.2 Paint

Plastic emulsion paint of approved brand and manufacture and of the required shade shall

be used.

4.3 Preparation of Surface

The surface shall be thoroughly cleaned of dust, old white or colour wash by washing and

scrubbing. The surface shall then e allowed to dry for atleast 48 hours. It shall then be sand

.

Page 92: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF UP POLICE BRAWAN AT SECTOR-7

(CIVIL & PLUM BING) COMTINAGAR LUCKNOW (U.P.)

papered to give a smooth and even surface. Any unevenness shall be made good by

applying putty, made of plaster of paris mixed with water on the entire surface including

filling up the undulation and then sand papering the same after it is dry. 4.4 Application

The number of coats shall be as stipulated in the item.

The paint will be applied in the usual manner with brush or roller.

The paint dries by evaporation of the water content and as soon as the water has evaporated

the film gets hard and the next coat can be applied. The time of drying varies from one hour on

absorbent surfaces to 2 to 3 hours on non-absorbent surfaces.

The thinning of emulsion is to be done with water and not with turpentine.

Thinning with water will be particularly required for the undercoat which is applied on the

absorbent surface. The quantity of thinner to be added shall be as per manufacturer's

instructions.

The surface on finishing shall present a flat velvety smooth finish. If necessary more coats

will be applied till the surface presents a uniform appearance. 4.5 Precautions

(a) Old brushes if they are to be used with emulsion paints, should be completely dried of

turpentine or oil paints by washing in warm soap water.

Brushes should be quickly washed in water immediately after use and kept immersed in

water during break periods to prevent the paint from hardening on the brush.

(b) In the preparation of walls for plastic emulsion painting, no oil base putties shall be

used in filling cracks, holes etc.

(c) Splashes on floors etc. shall be cleaned out without delay as they will be difficult to

remove after hardening.

(d) Washing of surfaces treated with emulsion paints shall not be done within 3 to 4 weeks

of application.

4.6 Other Details :

These shall be as per specification for "Painting" as far as they are applicable. .

Page 93: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES (CIVIL & PLUMBING) CONITINAGAR LUCKNOW (U.P.)

5.0 SYNTHETIC PLASTERING IN PLAIN / STONE OR METALLIC FINISH.

5.1 General

Synthetic plaster reinforced by using fibres and shall be based on chemicals having acid

and alkally resistant properties. It can be applied to any hard, plain surface both internally

and externally. It does not require any further application or treatment once it is applied on

the surface.

Synthetic Plaster shall be of ready-mixed form in the desired colour and will be applied by

using a trowel or other tool as per the instruction of the manufacturer. 5.2 Base Coat

An average 20mm thick cement plaster shall be provided as rendering coat which shall be

roughened lightly with wire brush so as to form very mild keys on the rendered surface.

The surface shall be allowed for curing for a period of minimum 14 days before the

application of synthetic plaster.

5.3 Applications

Synthetic plaster shall be applied in five coats :

(a) one coat of plaster by trowel and ;

(b) Subsequent four coats of chemical overcoat by brush in approved colour and finished

as specified (plain/stone or metallic).

5.4 Measurements

The item shall be measured in square metre areas. The rate shall include erecting and removal of

scaffolding, all labour, materials, equipments, plants, tools and all incidental expenses to

complete the treatment to the satisfaction of Engineer-in-charge. 5.5 Other Details

The synthetic plaster treatment shall be executed through an approved agency and written

performance guarantee shall be submitted by the Contractor for a minimum period of ten .

Page 94: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF UP POLICE RILAWAN AT SECTOR-7 (CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

years through the agency. The contractor and the agency shall be jointly responsible for the

performance of the treated surface until the expiry of the guarantee period.

6.0 ACRYLIC PAINTING TO EXTERNAL SURFACES

Acrylic weather shield paint of approved brand shall be applied over plastered surfaces as

directed by the Engineer.

Other specifications including preparation of surfaces, application of paint etc. shall

conform to section 4.3 above and as directed by Engineer-In-Charge. The priming coat,

anti-fungal treatment, preparation of paint etc. shall be carried out as per manufacturer's

specification / as directed by Engineer-In-Charge.

7.0 MEASUREMENT

Painting on plastered or concrete surface shall be measured separately as for plastering .

Painting on wooden or metal surfaces shall be measured separately as per IS 1200.Rates

quoted shall be applicable for all heights and levels .

Page 95: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

WATER PROOFING 8.0 WATERPROOFING GUARANTEE CLAUSE

The contractor shall be fully responsible for and shall guarantee proper performance of the

entire waterproofing system for a period of 10 (Ten) years from the final completion of

works. In addition, specific 10 years written guarantee (to be furnished in a non judicial

stamp paper of value not less than Rs.100/-) in approved proforma shall be submitted for the

performance of the system, before final payment and shall not in any way limit any other

rights the Employer may have under the contract.

All water-proofing work shall be carried out through an approved specialist agency as per

method of working approved by the Engineer. Contractors and the waterproofing agency

shall be jointly responsible for waterproofing treatment until the expiry of the above

guarantee period. 8.1 WATER PROOFING

8.2 GENERAL PROCEDURE AND APPLICATION CLAUSE

The manufacturer will send its trained staff at site to educate / train or sharing there

experience with the site personal and workers of the applicators for technical know how of

the product. Their staff will visit the site for ensuring the out come of the quality of the

product

The treatment for water proofing will be carried out by the licensed /approved Applicator of

the manufacturer. It will be the responsibility of the contractor to ensure that the

products are applied to the procedures and quality standards laid down in product

application instructions.

The manufacturer will get the water proofing tested and issue the certificate in the name of

ENGINEER IN CHARGE OFUPRNN Ltd for his satisfaction and successfulness of that

product.

Amount equal to 5 % of total cost of the treated portions of RCC( i.e RCC along with C&S,

reinforcement .and water proofing ) shall be retained by the ENGINEER IN CHARGE

OFUPRNN Ltdand will only be released after successfully completion one rainy season or

defect liability period which ever is earlier .The retained amount can be released on

submission bank guarantee of the equivalent amount issued from any nationalized bank. .

Page 96: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF UP POLICE BRAWAN AT SECTOR-7 (CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

PROFORMA FOR PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE FOR

WATER PROOFING WORKS

(On non-judicial stamp paper of value Rs. 100/-)

To

(Name & Address of Employer)

We hereby guarantee the Entire Waterproofing System, which we have carried out in the Complex described below :

Building :

Location :

Employer -

For a period of 10 (ten) years from the certified date of completion, WE AGREE TO repair or

replace to the satisfaction of the Employer, any or all such work that may prove

defective in workmanship or materials within that period, ordinary wear and tear and

unusual abuse or neglect excluded, together with any other work, which may be damaged or

displaced in so doing. In the event of our failure to comply with the above-mentioned

conditions within a reasonable time, after being notified in writing, we collectively and

separately, do hereby authorise the Employer to proceed to have the defects repaired and

made good at our expense, and we shall pay the cost and charges thereof, immediately

upon demand.

Signature of the Contractor

For M/s.

Address & seal a shall be paid in .

Page 97: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES (CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW

a. A) SUB STRUCTURE b. Fully bonded sheet membrane waterproofing system to resist water migration in structures

below ground

a) Basement Waterproofing — Raft & Un Confined Retaining Wall PART 3 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes waterproofing systems with the design intent of preventing water

migration around structures below ground through micro-compartments in accordance

with BS 8102:2009 (Figure 6) for the following applications:

1. Integrally bonded HDPE sheet waterproofing for pre-applied or blind-side

waterproofing applications for installation against vertical, permanent formwork and

shoring, and/or over horizontal blinding. Basis of design is Grace Preprufe 300R.

2. Self-adhering solar reflective sheet waterproofing for post-applied open excavation

walls and suspended slabs. Basis of design is Grace Bituthene 8000.

B. Membranes that are separated by protective layers from the structural concrete shall not

be permitted as such protective layers can promote water tracking.

1.2 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data Sheet: Submit manufacturer's product data and written instructions for

evaluating, preparing, and treating substrate, technical data, and manufacturer's test

certificate from original manufacturer.

B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings showing locations and extent of waterproofing.

Include details for substrate joints and cracks; sheet flashings, penetrations, inside and

outside corners, tie-ins with adjoining waterproofing, and other termination conditions.

C. Samples: Submit one 300 by 300 mm (12 by 12 inch) square samples of each type of

waterproofing (Preprufe 300R & Bituthene 8000). .

Page 98: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES (CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

D. Mock Up:

i) Preprufe 300R should be subjected to 7 days of water immersion followed by casting to

ensure bond to concrete.

ii) Preprufe 300R should be subjected to UV exposure/Sunlight of 14 days followed by

concrete casting to ensure bond to concrete.

E. Qualification Data: Submit written qualification data for Installer and manufacturer.

F. Warranties: Submit warranties specified in this Section.

1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Minimum of 20-years experience in the production of fully

bonded sheet membrane waterproofing.

B. Installer Qualifications: Manufacturer's approved Installer of waterproofing membrane is

required for this Project. The Installer should have executed basement waterproofing job

of a one (01) project having basement footprint of 50,000 sqm or should have executed

two (02) basement waterproofing jobs each of 25,000 sqm or three (03) basement

waterproofing jobs of 15,000 sqm each.

C. Source Limitations: Obtain primary waterproofing materials, molded sheet drainage

panels and protection courses through one source from a single manufacturer.

D. Pre-installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. Review waterproofing

requirements including surface preparation, substrate condition and pretreatment,

minimum curing period, forecasted weather conditions, special details and sheet

flashings, installation procedures, testing and inspection procedures, and protection and

repairs.

1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials in labeled packages. Store and handle in strict compliance with

manufacturer's instructions. Protect from damage, weather, excessive temperature and

construction operations. Remove and dispose of damaged material in accordance with

applicable regulations.

B. Store liquid materials in their original undamaged packages in a clean, dry, protected

location and within temperature range required by waterproofing manufacturer.

C. Remove and replace liquid mate ials that cannot be applied within their stated shelf life.

.

Page 99: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES (CIVIL & PLUMBING) COMTINAGAR LUCKNOW (U.P.)

D. Store rolls according to manufacturer's written instructions. Protect stored materials from

direct sunlight.

1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Environmental Limitations: Apply waterproofing within the range of ambient and

substrate temperatures recommended by waterproofing manufacturer. Perform work

only when existing and forecasted weather conditions are within the limits established by

the manufacturer of the material used. Proceed with installation only when the substrate

construction and preparation work is complete and in condition to receive the

waterproofing system.

B. Maintain adequate ventilation during preparation and application of waterproofing

materials.

1.6 SCHEDULE COORDINATION:

Schedule work such that membrane will not be left exposed to weather for longer than

that recommended by the manufacturer. Pre-applied membranes should allow for a

maximum exposure time of 42 days.

1.7 WARRANTY

Special Installer Warranty: Installer shall provide warranty on standard form for a period of

Ten (10) years from date of Substantial Completion in which installer agrees to rectify the

area that fails to remain watertight within specified warranty period.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

The complete waterproofing system shall prevent water migration around structures below

ground in accordance with BS 8102: 2009 (Figure 6).

2.1 PRE-APPLIED INTEGRALLY BONDED HDPE SHEET WATERPROOFING

Basis of Design: Preprufe 300R by W.R Grace & Co Ltd or equivalent, A Pre - applied,

flexible 1.2mm thick fully bonded HDPE sheet membrane. The fully bonded HDPE sheet

membrane shall consist of a thick white HDPE film, a highly aggressive pressure sensitive

adhesive and weather resisting coating which bonds integrally to poured concrete of base

slab. An intimate bond is formed to the poured in-situ structural concrete by means of a

pressure sensitive adhesive preventing lateral water and moisture migration between the

membrane and structure.

The membrane shall be the resistant in all types of soil or water, has a zero

.

Page 100: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES

(CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

permeance to moisture, is solar reflective to reduce heat gain while exposed, does not

activate prematurely due to wet conditions and is unaffected by ground settlement

beneath slabs.

Performance Standard of HDPE waterproofing membrane is required to match or surpass

the following:

Properties Typical test value Test method

Color White N.A

Thickness (mm) 1.2 ASTM D3767

Tensile Strength (Mpa) > 27.6 ASTM D412

Puncture Resistance (N) > 990 ASTM D154

Resistance to Hydrostatic (m) > 70 ASTM D5385

2.2 POST-APPLIED, SELF-ADHERING MODIFIED BITUMINOUS SHEET WATERPROOFING:

Basis of Design: Bituthene 8000 by W.R Grace & Co Ltd or equivalent, a 1.5mm thick

nominal thickness, membrane shall be a composite pre-formed waterproofing membrane

comprising of 0.1mm thick cross laminated Polyethylene Terephthalate (PET) film, and

1.4mm thick bitu men/rubber asphalt capable to resist water, moisture and gas ingress. In

addition, the white PET film helps to identify accidental damage and help to reduce solar

heat absorption during installation.

The membrane shall be applied on the uniform surface of vertical RCC wall after application of

solvent based liquid bituminous primer to form a complete tight seal against water ingress.

Performance Standard of pre formed Solar Reflective waterproofing membrane is required to

match or surpass the following:

Properties Typical test value Test method

Colour White / Grey N.A

Thickness (mm) 1.5 ASTM D3767

.

Page 101: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (CIVIL & PLUMBING)

Tensile Strength, film only (N/mm2)

Puncture Resistance (N)

Resistance to hydrostatic (m)

CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES

GOMT1NAGAR LUCKNOW

> 48.4 (Longitudinal) ASTM D412 > 45.4 (Transverse)

> 280 ASTM D154

> 70 ASTM D5385

2.3 AN INTERNALLY PLACED CONFORMABLE, SWELLABLE POLYMER/BUTYL RUBBER WATERSTOP STRIP:

Basis of Design: Adcor 500S by W.R Grace & Co Ltd or equivalent, an internally placed

conform able, swellable polymer/butyl rubber waterstop strip (20 mm x 25 mm), designed for

the protection of construction joints, casting new to existing concrete, floor slabs against

diaphragm retaining walls, steel sheet piles and secant piled walls. The waterstop shall swells

when in contact with water and when fully encapsulated by poured concrete, the expansive

forces form a seal against concrete faces. This seal resists hydrostatic pressure, stopping water

from entering the structure. WRAS - Approved product. Performance Standard of swellable polymer/butyl rubber waterstop strip is required to

match or surpass the following:

Properties Typical test value

Colour Light blue

Profile size 25 mm x 20 mm

Volumetric expansion in cement water min 100%

Water pressure resistance > 6 bar (60 rn)

2.3 AUXILIARY MATERIALS

General: All waterproofing membranes and ancillary materials shall be from the same

manufacturer to ensure compatibility for the full system. The manufacturer shall provide a

fully compatible system with compliant performance (including laps and robust detailing) for

the combined pre- and post-applied system.

Liquid Membrane: Elastomeric, two-component liquid, cold fluid applied, trowel grade or

low viscosity. Provide Bituthene Liquid Membrane by Grace Construction Products.

.

Page 102: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES (CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

Tapes: Provide tapes recommended by waterproofing manufacturer.

Detail Tape: Two-sided, pressure-sensitive, self-adhering reinforced tape, 100 mm (4 inches)

wide, with a tack-free protective adhesive coating on one side and release film on

selfadhering side. Provide Preprufe Tape by Grace Construction Products.

Pile Head Treatment: Cementitious, non-shrink grout for re-profiling of pile heads used in

conjunction with three part epoxy grout for waterproofing pile heads. Provide Preprufe

Grout CEM 100 by Grace Construction Products.

Primer: A single component liquid solvent based bituminous primer recommended for

substrate by manufacturer of sheet waterproofing material. Provide primer approved by

Grace Construction Products.

Protection Course: 25 mm thick expanded polystyrene board having minimum density of 24

kg/cu.mt.

PART 3- EXECUTION

3.1 PRE-APPLIED INTEGRALLY BONDED HDPE SHEET WATERPROOFING

INSTALLATION A. Examination: Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for

compliance with requirements and other conditions affecting performance.

1. For applications over blinding, a concrete, compacted subgrade or vertical soil

retention system, verify that compacted sub-grade or concrete is smooth and sound to

eliminate membrane movement during concrete pour and ready to receive

integrally bonded HDPE sheet. Substrates must be regular and smooth with no gaps

or voids greater that 12mrn. The blinding must be free of loose aggregate, hollows

and sharp protrusions. All surfaces shall be clean, smooth, free of laitance, dry

or moist but free from any water ponding and free of dust, frost, mould release

agents, curing compounds and sharp protrusions at the time of installation. An

angular profiled blinding is recommended rather than a rounded substrate.

Preprufe® 300 R is a rigid sheet and will not stretch under the weight of

concrete to conform to undulations. Where a hard-core bed is specified,

Monolithic concrete blinding is preferred with not less than 50 mm thickness, which

should be regular, smooth and free of loose aggregate and sharp protrusions.

.

Page 103: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES (CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

2. Verify that vertical soil retention systems are prepared using drainage composite,

plywood, shotcrete or other approved means to achieve a uniform, sound and

continuous substrate ready to receive the integrally bonded HDPE Sheet.

3. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

B. Installation: 1. Horizontal Applications: Strictly comply with installation instructions in

manufacturer's published literature, including but not limited to, the following:

a. Preprufe® 300R membranes are supplied in rolls 1.2m wide with a selvedge

on one side to provide self adhered laps for continuity between rolls. Unroll the

Preprufe 300 R membrane, white HDPE film facing the prepared substrate (i.e

PCC/I3Iinding) and release liner towards the concrete pour.

b. End laps should be staggered to avoid a build-up of layers. Leave plastic

release liner in position until overlap procedure is completed.

c. Accurately position succeeding sheets to overlap the previous sheet 3 in. (75

mm) along the marked selvedge. Ensure the underside of the succeeding

sheet is clean, dry and free from contamination before attempting to overlap.

Lap area must be firmly rolled to ensure a tight seal. Peel back and

completely remove the plastic release liner progressively between the

overlap as the two layers are bonded together. Ensure a continuous

bond is achieved without creases and then roll or press-down firmly

d. Overlap the ends of the membrane a minimum of 3 in. (75mm) and apply

Preprufe Tape centered over the lap and roll firmly to ensure a tight seal.

During damp conditions (e.g. water spillage), the selvedge and tape adhesive

can be gently warmed using a hot air gun or similar to remove moisture or

condensation to improve initial adhesion. Ensure a continuous bond is

achieved without creases and roll firmly with a heavy roller.

e. Mix and apply Liquid Membrane detailing compound to seal around pile

heads and penetrations such as drainage pipes. 2. Vertical Applications: Strictly comply with installation instructions in

manufacturer's published literature, including but not limited to, the following:

a. Mechanically fasten the membrane vertically using fasteners appropriate to

the substrate with the HDPE film facing the prepared earth retention system .

Page 104: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

13

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF UP POLICE BRA WAN AT SECTOR-7 (CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

(geotextile, sheet piling, gunite, shotcrete, etc). The membrane may be

installed in any convenient length.

b. Remove the release liner and fasten membrane through the selvedge using a

small and low profile head fastener to Hydroduct drainage composite or to

plywood with large head nails or staples so that the membrane lays flat and

allows firmly rolled overlaps.

c. Accurately position succeeding sheets to overlap the previous sheet 3 in. (75

mm) along the marked selvedge. Ensure the underside of the succeeding

sheet is clean, dry and free from contamination before attempting to overlap.

Lap area must be firmly rolled to ensure a tight seal.

d. Overlap the ends of the membrane a minimum of 3 in. (75mm) and apply

Preprufe Tape centered over the lap and roll firmly to ensure a tight seal.

e. Roll firmly to ensure a watertight seal.

3. Corners: Seal lapped terminations and cut edges of sheet waterproofing at inside

and outside corners with detail tape.

4. Seal penetrations through sheet waterproofing to provide watertight seal with

prefabricated plastic covers, or detail tape patches or wraps and a liquid-membrane

troweling as recommended by membrane manufacturer. 5. Install sheet waterproofing and auxiliary materials to produce a continuous

watertight tie into adjacent waterproofing.

6. Repair tears, voids, and lapped seams in waterproofing not complying with

requirements. Check membrane after finishing bottom bar laying & rectify any

damage & puncture. Small punctures and cuts (< 12mm) repaired with Preprufe

Tape centered over the puncture & Where punctures > 12mm repaired with a patch of

membrane extending 150mm beyond repaired areas in all directions & all edges of

the patch sealed with Preprufe Tape HC. If any fish mouths are observed, then

rectify the same with Preprufe Tape HC. Recheck the membrane after finishing

reinforcement cage for the raft & rectified for any puncture or damage. 7. Correct deficiencies in or remove waterproofing that does not comply with

requirements; repair substrates, reapply waterproofing, and repair sheet flashings.

.

Page 105: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE -V RESIDENCES (CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

8. Placing of temporary formwork: Timber and steel shuttering should be positioned

with care onto Preprufe® 300R membranes and measures taken to minimize

concrete spillage.

9. Placing of Concrete: Air lance debris away immediately prior to concreting unless

there has been a heavy build up of mud on the Preprufe® 300R in which case use a

high pressure water hose and air lance to clean the surface (to be done by Civil

Contractor). Remove surplus water from the excavation to be concreted & do not

allow water to pond beneath the Preprufe prior to concreting - can lift to the

membrane and damage the joints. Remove concrete spillage on Preprufe® 300R

before curing begins and the surfaces involved cleaned with damp cloths as it can

locally inhibit the bond of fresh concrete placed on it. Concrete is to be placed

carefully to avoid damage to the membrane within 42 days of membrane

application. Concrete must be placed and compacted carefully to avoid damage to

the membrane. Never use a sharp object to consolidate the concrete.

3.2 POST-APPLIED MODIFIED BITUMINOUS SHEET WATERPROOFING

INSTALLATION

A. Examination: Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for

compliance with requirements and other conditions affecting performance.

1. Verify that concrete has cured and aged for minimum time period recommended by

waterproofing manufacturer.

2. Verify that concrete is visibly dry and free of moisture.

3. Verify that concrete substrates are smooth, float finished and monolithic.

4. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

B. Surface Preparation:

1. Clean, prepare, and treat substrates according to manufacturer's written

instructions. Provide clean, dust-free, and dry substrates for waterproofing

application.

2. Mask off adjoining surfaces not receiving waterproofing to prevent spillage and

overspray affecting other construction.

3. Remove grease, oil, bitumen, form-release agents, paints, curing compounds, and

other penetrating contaminants or film-forming coatings from concrete.

4. Remove fins, ridges, mortar, and other projections and fill honeycomb, aggregate

pockets, holes, and other voids. .

Page 106: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

13

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES (M IL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

5. Prepare, fill, prime, and treat joints and cracks in substrates. Remove dust and dirt

from joints and cracks. Install sheet strips and center over treated construction and

contraction joints and cracks exceeding a width of 1.6 mm (1/16 inch).

6. Prepare, treat, and seal vertical and horizontal surfaces at terminations and

penetrations through waterproofing and at drains and protrusions.

7. Tie Rod Holes Treatment & Primer Application: All tie rod holes to be filled with

non-shrink cementitious grout or with Cement mortar, lay Cement sand fillet at the

external corner of RC Wall & Toe junction and 25 x 25 mm chamfer to be done at the

external corner of toe (civil contractor's scope). Vertical surface is to be cleaned by

using high pressure air jet /compressor prior to the application of Primer. The

vertical surface to be primed with Grace approved solvent based liquid bituminous

primer as per manufacturer's specification on the RC wall vertical surface to receive

the Bituthene 8000 membrane. The applied primer must become tack-free before

starting application of Bituthene 8000.

3.2 Application:

3.2.1 Install modified bituminous sheets according to waterproofing manufacturer's written

instructions.

3.2.2 Apply primer to substrates at required rate and allow to dry. Limit priming to areas that

will be covered by sheet waterproofing in same day. Reprime areas exposed for more than

24 hours.

3.3.3 The protective release paper shall be peeled back and the adhesive surface of the

Bituthene® 8000 unrolled onto the prepared surface as described on the carton. The

membrane should be brushed onto the surface to ensure that air is excluded from under the

membrane. Adjacent rolls of Bituthene® 8000 should be provided with 50mm overlap at the

edges and 50rrim at ends to ensure complete continuity. Pressure should be applied at the

laps with a roller to ensure complete adhesion between both layers. All joints to be well

rolled until complete waterproofing are obtained.

3.3.4 Horizontal Application: Apply sheets from low point to high point of decks to ensure that

side laps shed water.

3.3.5 Apply continuous sheets over sheet strips bridging substrate cracks, construction, and

contraction joints.

3.3.6 All wall/ base slab intersections and internal/ external angles shall be reinforced with a

minimum 300 mm wide reinforcing strip of membrane. A chamfer shall be provided to

all external angles prior to the application of the reinforcing strip.

.

Page 107: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES (CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

3.3.7 Where Bituthene® 8000 is expected to be left exposed at the top of a wall for any length of

time beyond 48 hrs, the top edge is to be batten fixed to secure the edge and prevent

slumping. The perimeter of Bituthene® 8000 placed in any given day's operation shall

have the free edges sealed by rolling down tightly to prevent entry of moisture and

cleaned before continuing with the following day application.

3.3.8 All vertical and exposed areas of the membrane shall be protected, with a protection

board approved by the membrane manufacturer, prior to backfilling. This board shall be

spot bonded with dabs. Provide support as necessary to ensure protection remains fully in

contact with tanking and does not move during backfilling operations.

3.3.9 Top of retaining wall: Where the Bituthene® 8000 is terminated at the top of a wall i.e.

150 mm above finished level, a chase should be provided of dimensions 20 x 20mrn. The

Bituthene® 8000 should be dressed into the chase and pointed with Bituthene LM, mastic or

concrete mortar prior to backfilling. Or in case of termination at Podium slab, Bituthene

8000 to be terminated on Podium slab as per manufacturer's recommendation.

3.3.10 Where the waterproof membrane is terminated on the concrete upstand adjacent to

the external cladding, a continuous waterproof junction shall be formed with the cladding

membrane, by lapping and sealing.

3.3.11 Backfilling: A controlled backfilling should be carried out carefully in layers of 150 mm to

300 mm lifts to avoid damage to the membrane (to be done by Civil Contractor).

3.3.12 Seal exposed edges of sheets at terminations not concealed by metal counter flashings or

ending in reglets with mastic.

3.3.13 Drainage pipes and penetrations: Where these occur they are to be treated with

Bituthene® LM applied to clean, dry surfaces with a fillet and extending 100 mm onto the

penetration and the Bituthene® 8000.

3.3.14 Repair tears, voids, and lapped seams in waterproofing not complying with requirements.

Slit and flatten fishmouths and blisters. Patch with sheet waterproofing extending 150 mm

(6 inches) beyond repaired areas in all directions.

3.3.15 Correct deficiencies in or remove sheet waterproofing that does not comply with

requirements; repair substrates, reapply waterproofing, and repair sheet flashings.

3.316 Place and secure protection course according to manufacturer's written instructions. Use

adhesives or other methods that do not penetrate waterproofing. Protect installed panels

during subsequent construction.

3.3 PROTECTION AND CLEANING A. Do not permit foot or vehicular traffic on unprotected modified bituminous sheet

membrane.

.

Page 108: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES (CIVIL & PLUMBING) GOIVITINAGAR LUCKNOW (U.P.)

B. Protect waterproofing from damage and wear during remainder of construction

period.

C. Clean spillage and soiling from adjacent construction using cleaning agents and

procedures recommended by manufacturer of affected construction.

D. The installer shall examine conditions of substrates and other conditions under which

this work is to be performed and notify the contractor, in writing, of circumstances

detrimental to the proper completion of the work. Do not proceed with work until

unsatisfactory conditions are corrected.

3.4 TOOLS & TACKLES • Cutter, Stanley knife or similar sharp blade.

• Tape measure.

• Overlap roller (Bituthene® Lap Roller), Squeegee

• Cotton Cleaning cloths (use wet/dry)

• Bucket of clean water.

• Plywood or similar, cutting board - roll holder optional, made up on-site

• Soft bristled broom.

• Round nose trowel or spatula

• Cleaning solvent (M.E.K., cellulose paint thinner etc.)

3.6 PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT (PPE):

All Contractor/Installer employees must wear minimum Personal Protective Equipment

when working within at a customer job site, except in designated areas or while executing

the work on job site.

a. ROOFS (PODIUM AND TERRACE WITH INSULATION) Specification for terrace insulation with waterproofing using spray application and slabs and

other wet areas

1) Scope

This specification covers the insulation and waterproofing system for terrace slab using

Spray Applied puff insulation and two components polyurethane waterproofing system(

low odour, heavy- duty-trafficable PU waterproofing membrane) and for slabs with

landscape & hardscape built-ups and other wet areas.

2) General :

.

Page 109: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES (CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

2.1) Quality Assurance: All products in the system shall meet the key performance properties

listed below in Section A against each and shall be sourced from a manufacturer with a

certified QA system such as, ISO 9001 or an established and proven QA system has

ensured consistent products.

2.2) Approved Sources: All products in the specified system shall be sourced from a single

approved manufacturer,

2.3) Installation: All the products/systems specified in this document shall be installed by a

Specialist Applicator as specified in the approved applicators, approved by the

Consultant and manufacturer strictly in accordance to the written application guide by

the manufacturer.

2.4) Multiple Sources: In no case multiple source system shalt be allowed even in case of no

availability of all products to complete the system from single source /manufacturer then

on submission of documentary proof from the manufacture of non availability of product

the consultant shall give an alternative approval of the system from other manufacturer.

2.5) Substrate preparation for Roofs: Before starting to install the specified

waterproofing/insulation system, the substrate shall jointly be inspected by the

Contractor and the Specialist Applicator for soundness; any defects shall first be repaired

utilising products and systems compatible with the specified waterproofing system.

3) SUBMITTALS:

3.1) Product Data Sheet: The contractor shall submit manufacturer's product data and written

instructions for evaluating, preparing, and treating substrate, technical data, and

manufacturer's test certificate from original manufacturer.

3.2) Shop Drawings: The contractor shall submit shop drawings showing locations and extent

of waterproofing. Include details for substrate joints and cracks, penetrations, inside and

outside corners and other termination conditions.

3.3) Samples: The contractor shall submit one small exhibit sample of the product to be used.

3.4) Mock Up: A site mock shall be done by the contractor with the system which shall be

subjected to water ponding test.

3.5) Qualification Data: The contractor shall submit written qualification data for Installer and

manufacturer.

3.6) Warranties: The contractor shall submit the warranties specified.

4 QUALITY ASSURANCE:

4.1) Installer Qualifications: Selected by the contractor and approved by consultant architect

preferably Manufacturer's approved Installer from the list of approved

makes/fabricators and installer attached with the contract document

.

Page 110: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF UP POLICE 111-IAWAN AT SECTOR-7 (CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

4.3) Pre-installation Conference: The product manufacture shall conduct conference at Project

site to educate the Installer, review waterproofing requirements including surface

preparation, substrate condition and pre-treatment, minimum curing period, forecasted

weather conditions, special details, installation procedures, testing and inspection

procedures, protection and repairs.

5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING: 5.1) Material will be procured in labeled packages shall be Stored and handled in strict

compliance with manufacturer's instructions. Precautionary measures shall be carried

out Protect from damage, weather, excessive temperature and construction

operations. The surplus material and wasted material shall be Removed/ disposed

of in accordance with applicable regulations.

5.2) Liquid materials shall be in their original undamaged packages in a clean, dry, protected

location and within temperature range required by waterproofing manufacturer.

5.3) All the liquid materials whose shelf life is expired shall be removed and replaced with the new materials

6 EXECUTION:

1. Examination: Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements and other conditions affecting performance.

1.1 Verify ConcreteCure:

New concrete should be cured for a minimum 28 days & render 7 days before application of syatem.

1.2 Verify Substrate Moisture Content:

Prior to application of membranes, internal slab/ masonry humidity content shall be

tested in accordance with ASTM F2170 or an equivalent local standard test method,

using commercially available impedance based moisture meter designed specifically for

concrete testing. Moisture content should be to be less than 5.0%.

If moisture content greater than 5.0% (damp), allow additional time for substrate

for drying in avoidable conditions specially recommended primer for such situations by

the manufacturer shall be used.

1.3 Prepare Substrate Surface:

. .

Page 111: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES (CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

1.3.1 General

Remove completely all traces of oil, grease, dust, dirt, concrete and construction waste,

debris, efflorescence, laitance, surface water, curing compounds, form release agents,

surface hardeners or other foreign materials.

1.3.2 Standard of Concrete Finish

Concrete shall be bull float/ light powered steel float finish, but not polished to a mirror

finish. Light broom finishing may be used. However any low strength laitance produced by

broom finishing must be removed. Benchmark finish shall be established to the

satisfaction of consultant architect. 1.3.3 Concrete Roof/Podium Decks, Plinths, Floors, Walls, Parapets, Plant Rooms & Planters

Open concrete pores and remove all contamination, unstable cement laitance, raised

areas of poured concrete, poured concrete residue and slurry, form work residue and

form work marks from all areas to receive waterproof membrane, using high pressure

water blasting (3000-5000psi), scraping, mechanical grinding, wet abrasive blasting or

captive dry abrasive blasting. An average surface profile of 50 to 70 should be achieved

(approximate texture of medium garnet paper). Expose any substrate defects, including

voids (bug holes), honeycombing, etc. Ensure that all internal corners are free from concrete

residue.

1.3.4 Masonry Retaining Walls, Planter Boxes and Render

Remove all contamination, protruding mortar work, raised areas of masonry, and mortar

work residue from all areas to receive waterproof membrane. Expose any mortar or

block work defects, including voids etc. Ensure all block work joints are finished flush.

Ensure that all internal corners and footings are free from concrete/mortar residue and

slurry. 1.4 Repair Defects

7.4.1 General

Inspect substrate and locate all form voids, honeycombing, gaps, cracks, pinholes and other

surface irregularities. 1.4.2 Large Defects

.

Page 112: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES (CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

Fill large defects, voids, honeycombing, gaps, large pinholes and other coarse surface faults

with a fast cure, non-shrink, high strength (minimum 30 MPa) cementitious repair mortar.

Allow repairs to cure and dry fully. 1.4.3 Small Defects

Fill small defects and pinholes as required using a fast cure, non-shrink, high strength

polymer modified cementitious fairing compound. Work mixture well into defects and tool

off smooth. Do not use a "bagged" finish. Allow repairs to cure and dry fully. 1.4.4 Plastic Shrinkage Cracks

Fill minor shrinkage cracks using approved sealant from the same manufacturer. Tool the

sealant to form a smooth, flush to slightly raised profile centered over the crack.

1.4.5 Mortar/Block work Defects

Fill voids and gaps in mortar joints using fast cure mortar. Allow repairs to cure and dry

fully. Selection of alternative repair materials (such as polymer or epoxy resin modified

patching/fairing compounds, sealants, mastics etc) and methods may be approved by the

consultant architect. 1.5 DETAILING:

1.5.1 Turn-ups & Internal Corners

To the clean dry surface apply the PU Sealant as 15irm angle fillet into the turn up and

vertical internal corner. At the junction of a turn up and a vertical internal corner,

continue the angle fillet up the vertical internal corner and feather to a height of 200mm.

Allow to fully cure overnight. 1.5.2 Penetrations

To the clean dry surface apply PU Sealant as 15mm angle fillet around the penetration. Allow to fully cure overnight.

1.5.3 Penetrations - Drains & Siphonic Outlets - Stainless Steel

Outlet Surround Preparation

Thoroughly clean and solvent wipe with xylene to remove oils, dirt, foreign material etc, all

areas of outlet surround that are to receive membrane.

. .

Page 113: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES (CIVIL & PLUMBING) GOIVITINAGAR LUCKNOW (U.P.)

Roughen the stainless steel surround and into the outlet, by abrasive sanding to

approximately 60 to 120 grit. All areas of outlet that are to receive membrane system must

be sanded. Solvent wipe the roughened stainless steel with xylene to give a clean surface. 15.4 Sealant Application

Fill gaps between concrete substrate and stainless steel edge of outlet using PU Sealant.

Finish smooth and flush, or slightly proud of surface. Allow to fully cure before over

coating.

1.5.5 Construction joints and Point Preparation

Thoroughly clean joint and remove all traces of foreign material. Inject the P.U. Sealant by

gun into place and finish flush with or slightly proud of surface. Allow to fully cure prior to

putting into service or applying membrane over. 1.5.6 Membrane Termination

Membrane terminations are to be made as per the manufacturer's specification for the

particular application area, on turn-ups and penetrations. Where turn-up height has not

been specified, a minimum height of 300mm shall be used.

Membrane is to be terminated by making 10mm x 10mm chase/rebate on the vertical

parapet wall at height of 300mm from final finish level for termination of the membrane.

The chase/rebate shall be PU sealant.

2.0 Membrane Installation: 2.1.1 Evaluate Local Conditions

Before proceeding with membrane application, determine if weather conditions

will be conducive to achieving quality application. This must be determined by the

applicator on site in consultation with the Engineer In charge as detailed below:

i. Ambient temperature - between 5°C and 30°C.

ii. Substrate temperature - between 10°C and 40°C. Measure substrate temperature using a

suitable contact temperature probe or non-contact infrared thermometer. Substrate

temperature should be constant or decreasing during application.

iii. Relative Humidity - below 85% RH

iv. Ensure prior rain has not dampened substrate. Substrate moisture content must be below

5.0%

.

Page 114: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES (CIVIL & PLUMBING} DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

v. Do not apply materials during conditions of rain, mist, fog or snow.

vi. Ensure rain is not forecast during the application process.

vii. Wind speed - below 10 knots or so that all work remains free of wind blown

Contamination until dry

If these conditions cannot be met, application should be suspended until conditions are

more favorable, or tenting used to protect the application area.

2.2 Primer Use:

Ensure substrate is free of dust, dirt, concrete and construction waste, leaves or other

foreign materials that may have blown onto the surface, by vacuuming or broom cleaning the

surface.

Repeat as necessary to maintain site cleanliness.

Apply the penetrating primer, to all surfaces that are to receive the membrane. Apply one

or more coat at 8-10m2/kg/coat and allow drying to just track free

condition. Do not allow to pond. When applied correctly, cured primer surface should have

a satin finish - neither a glossy nor matt finish. For damp or green, concrete (below

10.0% moisture content) apply one or more coats of approved Primer at 8-10m2/kg per coat. Only apply primer to substrate that will receive membrane within 24hours.

If applying by roller, do not roll out vigorously or work the primer excessively. Primer coat

should be even and pin-hole free. Porous concrete substrates may require the application of up

to four coats of primer in order to fill pin-holes adequately. Allow primer to dry between coats.

When dry, primer coat must have a satin, (slightly glossy) appearance. A wet look, high

gloss appearance, or a dry, poorly coated appearance are unacceptable primer finishes and

should be rectified.

Continue primer application onto turn-ups and penetrations, to the height specified.

Continue primer into rainwater outlets & drains. 2.4 Exposed Membrane Proection:

Areas of applied membrane on turn-ups that will remain exposed must be protected from UV

exposure and subsequent discoloration/damage by the application of Top Coat (A two-part UV

Resistant protective coating) within 72 hours of membrane application. It provides a durable,

service foot trafficable finish to roof and deck areas Top Coat may be painted or tiled as required,

after first sealing with Primer. Mix ratio Resin: Hardener is 5:1 by weight. Apply in two coats by

• .

Page 115: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES (CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

brush or roller - apply second coat in cross direction to the first to give a uniform finish. Top Coat

should be applied at a typical consumption rate of 0.3kg/m2 per coat for a minimum of 0.15 mm

DFT. Coverage rates will vary depending on surface irregularity

3 TESTING: 3.1 In-Situ Testing

On site, the membrane shall be tested by the waterproofing applicator and test results

suitably recorded. 3.1.1 Visual Examination of Applied Membrane

Visually examine the membrane. Note and record the following properties:

i. Overall evenness of membrane appearance.

ii. Presence of entrapped contaminants in the membrane such as dirt, concrete and construction waste, leaves or other foreign material.

iii. Presence of pinholes or out-gassing, indicated by 1mm or larger diameter bubbles in the membrane surface.

iv. Presence of uncured membrane, indicated by soft, sticky or liquid patches in the membrane.

3.1.2 Applied Membrane Thickness

The applicator shall conduct and record at least 1 in-situ film thickness test for every 200m2 of

membrane applied. This can be achieved by measuring WFT during application.

4. APPLICATION RECORDS:

The applicator must maintain records for future reference, including a photographic record of

each stage of application.

The application manager should draw up a standard form covering the records required that

can be used and completed by the applicator.

5. TOOLS & TACKLES: • Cotton Cleaning cloths

• Bucket or clean container

• Electric stirrer

• Soft bristled broom.

• Notched trowel/squeegee

• Cleaning solvent (M.E.K., cellulose paint thinner etc.)

.

Page 116: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES (CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

6. WATER-PONDING TEST i. Water-ponding test shall be carried out af ter complet ion of waterproofing systems and after installation of the floor finishes as directed by the Architect. All defective areas showing penetration of water through the slab or sign of seepage and other defects shall be made good to the satisfaction of the Engineer In Charge.

ii. Test for water-tightness on horizontal surface by plugging drains and flooding with water to a minimum depth of 25mm and allowing to stand for a minimum of 24 hours.

Immediately after acceptance of the water -ponding result by the Engineer In Charge, install protection layer not more one (1) day after releasing the water.

iv. Passing the water-ponding test does not relieve the contractor and his specialist contractor from their obligations under the waterproofing indemnity.

a)- Terrace slab using Spray Applied puff insulation and two components polyurethane

waterproofing system

1) The Insulation System over Terrace slabs The speci fied Thermal insulat ion system of the roof would be done using 50 mm thick spray applied polyurethane rigid foam, over graded/sloped cement concrete of 1:2:4 (1 cement : 2 coarse sand : 4 stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size) of average 50 mm thickness as shown in the drawing and sealing the joints of concrete with Bonding agent compactable with PUF , The polyurethane foam insulation system shall be conforming to IS - 12432 Pt. III of density 40-45 kg/ cum. The thermal insulation built -up would be done in a highly technical manner using the latest technologies, products and innovations should complying with ECBC norms laid out

by BEE.

2) The W aterproofing System The specified waterproofing system is meant for the water tightness of terrace slab covering the horizontal & the vert ical surface and different parts; each generic product specified shall meet the key performance propert ies in Section A. Schematic diagram of the waterproofing system is attached as appendix.

1) Waterproofing system for Terrace slab with built -up over it:

Spray applied two components Polyurathene waterproofing system of thinckness average of 1.8mm shall be applied over the PUF .The system would be installed over puff insulation by spray application using two component spray machiene. The waterproofing shall be spray applied covering every possible surface and area of the deck to be made as per the system layer built -up as per drawings. It shall cover all types of substrates. Suitable primers to be used depending on the type of substrate (Concrete/

Bitumen/ metal / wood etc.) to enhance the bonding.

.

Page 117: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES ca (CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

2) Key performance properties of the specified products

2.1) Insulation Material

Sr No Parameter Test Method Results

1 Grade of Product Polyurethane

2 Core density DIN EN ISO 845 40 Kg/m3

3 Thermal conductivity (A), DIN 52612 < 0.024 WI(m.K)

4 Comp. Strength DIN 53423 > 175 kPa

5 Flexural Strength DIN 53423 > 250 KPa

6 Water absorption DIN 52428 <2.5%

7 Closed cells ISO 4590 90%

8 Fire Retardancy DIN 4102-1 Class B2

2.2) Waterproofing Material

The Terrace slab shall be made waterproof by two components spray applied polyurethane

waterproof system. The system shall be fast curing, heat resistant seamless waterproofing

membrane and all other essential components from single manufacturer to ensure the

waterproofing integrity of the structure. The waterproofing membrane should have high

elasticity, excellent tensile strength, high tear strength and exceptional abrasion resistance. Water proofing system shall consists of the following components:

i. Waterproofing Membrane - fast curing, spray applied Polyurathene membrane

Property Test Method Results Solids Content DIN 53213 100% Density DIN 53213 0.9-1.0 g/cm3 Ready for Light Traffic DIN 53213 Max. 60 seconds Tensile Strength DIN 53504 8 - 10 Mpa Elongation at break DIN 53504 400 - 500% Tear propagation resistance DIN 53515 12 kN/m Crack Bridging EN 10204 > 3rnm Dynamic Crack Bridging ZTV-SIB 90 28days,no change (1000 cycles, heat ageing at 70°C) Shore Hardness DIN 53505 75 Taber Abrasion Resistance DIN 53516 150mg Vapour Permeability BS 3177 19.21 g/m2/day Water Absorption BS2782:Part 3 2.98% Water tightness DIN 1048 10 bar (100m) back pressure Resistance to Water Pressure MOAT No. 27 No Leaks

.

Page 118: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (CIVIL & PLUMBING)

CONSTRUCTION OF UP POLICE BlIAWAN AT SECTOR-7 GORITINAGAR LUCKNOW (U.P.)

ii. UV Top Coat in Desired Colour (Only for exposed areas like Parapet walls/ Pedestals

etc.)

The top coat shall be a pigmented, single component, moisture curing, UV and weather

resistant, protective top sealer. It is based on high quality aliphatic polyurethane

prepolymers having the following technical parameters.

Properties Test Method Results

Density 1.2 g/cm3 Solid Content By Volume 58 % Viscosity 4mm DIN Cup 75 Sec Colour Available in Range of

Colours UV Stability ASTM G 154:06 Stable

Application

Please refer to the Method of Statement for preparation, mixing, application and finishing

details, as per the manufacturer. Mather Slab

System Builtup

b)- Podium slab using two components polyurethane waterproofing system

1) The Waterproofing System

The specified waterproofing system for the podium or roof deck above ground comprises of

systems covering the horizontal Sr the vertical surface and different parts of the deck area

of the roof or the podium; each generic product specified shall meet the key

performance properties of manufacturers technical data sheets. Providing and installing

spray applied two components Polyurethane waterproofing system of thickness average

2.0mm over the mother slab directly in the following manner:

.

Page 119: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

-- TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES (CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

First course of a moisture insensitive epoxy primer coat shall be applied directly over the

cleaned and prepared surface of mother slab followed by sand broad casted immediately after

application of priming coat.

Second coat of spray applied two components Polyurethane waterproofing system shall be

applied the sand broad casted surface. System shall be applied in such a manner that it should

cover every possible surface and area of the deck to be made watertight.

Third course protection of water proofing system with cement concrete of 1:2:4 (1 cement : 2

coarse sand : 4 stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size) laid to slope .

Fourth course of loosely laid 0.8mm thick anti root barrier membrane of 325 GSM from

approved manufacturer and consisting of green colored Elvalloy polymer layer of approx. 25

GSM, fused onto Typar non woven polypropylene geotextile layer of 300 GSM,.The

membrane shall be loosely laid over the surfaces with an overlap of 50 mm between the

adjoining rolls.

Podium water proiofing system would consist of the following components:

1] Primer

2] Sand Board Casting

3] Waterproofing membrane -

4] UV Top Coat Total thickness of system

Moisture Insensitive Primers for Concrete

Graded Quartz Sand

Spray AdvancePolyurethane Waterproof Membrane

UV Stable Top Coats of Required colour to be used for

exposed surface only .Colours as per RAL Shades as

specified.

Average 2.0 mm

The system shall be installed by the approved waterproofing applicator approved by the

consultant and recognized by the manufacturer.

Waterproofing Membrane system for roofs with PUF Insulation: Technical Properties

The waterproofing base coat shall be(MasterSeal M 800), spray applied fast curing, heat resistant

polyurethane seamless waterproofing membrane.The waterproofing membrane MasterSeal M800)

shall have high elasticity, mechanical properties and Green Certification. It shall have properties as

listed below.

This waterproofing system shall be installed by a specialist waterproofing applicator recognized by

BASF Construction Chemicals .

Page 120: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

F.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES (CIVIL 86 PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

• Property • Test Method • Results • Solids Content • DIN 53213 • 100% • Density • DIN 53213 • 0.9-1.0 g/cm3 • Ready for Light Traffic • DIN 53213 • Max. 60 seconds • Tensile Strength • DIN 53504 • 8 - 10 MPa • Elongation at break • DIN 53504 • >400% • Tear propagation • DIN 53515 • 12 kN/m resistance • Crack Bridging • EN 10204 • > 3mm • Dynamic Crack Bridging • • • (1000 cycles, heat ageing • ZTV-SIB 90 • 28days,no change at 700C • Shore Hardness • DIN 53505 • 75 • Taber Abrasion • DIN 53516 • 150mg Resistance • Vapour Permeability • BS 3177 • 19.21 g/ m2/ day

• Water Absorption • BS2782:Part 3 • 2.98% • Water tightness • DIN 1048 • 10 bar (100m) back

pressure • Resistance to Water • MOAT No. 27 • No Leaks Pressure • Root Penetration • DIN 4062 • Passed Resistance • Adhesion • Conica Research • • (Steel) Laboratory • >10 N/mrn2 • (Concrete) • 3.3N/ rnm2 (concrete

failure) Application

Please refer to the Method of Statement for preparation, mixing, application and finishing details, as

per the manufacturer.

.

Page 121: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES (CIVIL 86 PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

LIST OF MAKES /MANUFACTURERS AND APPLICATORS FOR CIVIL WORKS

S.No. L) Description of Recommended make / Manufacturers

item

A CIVIL WORKS

1 Cement & cement putty

1.1 Grey cement ACC, ULTRA TECH, AMBUJA, JK

1.2 White cement Birla white , JK Cement

1.3 Cement Putty \' Birla white ,JK „Ferrous,DaIal Tiles Industries ,Xylo Paints

.

Page 122: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (CIVIL & PLUMBING)

2 HYSD bars / structural steel work 2.1 HYSD bars /

8 WATER PROOFING AND OTHER CHEMICALS

8.1 Water proofing compound for mixing in R.C.C. & plaster as an admixture, Plasticisers, Short creet Accelators , Bonding material for RCC Cold joints and Non Shrink grout for filling the pipe joints in structures

8.2 Integrally bonded HDPE Water proofing Mebrain loosely laid under raft

8.3 Post applied Self-adhering solar reflective sheet waterproofing

8.4 Tapes for Joint junction

8.5 Swellable sealant for construction joints

8.6 Two components Liquid applied water proofing Membrain (P. Urethane.)For Terraces and Podiums

8.7 Sunken Areas water proofing

8.8 For water tanks and water bodies

8.9 Epoxy based Mortars and coatings

8.10 Non Shrink grout for Pile Cap

8.11 Non Shrink (Below Base plates)

c://

CONSTRUCTION OF UP POLICE BRAWAN AT SECTOR-7

DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

ff

RNN H Q PCR APPROVED ISI

Hilti / Fischer / MKT (Germany)Axel

Killick Nixon Ltd, Steel Auto Industries , Metco,DON CHEMICAL

Rollon Bearings Pvt. Ltd. , Steel Auto Industries

Sand plast India Ltd. SHIRKE,AEROCON,BILTECH

CICO / Fosroc / Fairmate/STP/Pidilite/MYK Schomburg /BASF/Sika /Mc Bauchemei /Don Chemical / Ardex Endura

CICO / Fosroc / Fairmate/STP/Pidilite/MYK Schomburg /BASF/Sika /Mc Bauchemei /Don Chemical / Ardex Endura CICO / Fosroc / Fairmate/STP/Pidilite/MYK Schomburg /BASF/Sika /Mc Bauchemei /Don Chemical / Ardex Endura

Grace (Preprufe 300 R) ,Sika(Sika proof A ), Fosroc(Proofex Engage) ,MYK Schomburg (Power Prufe 800)

Grace(Bituthene 8000) ,Sika(Texself GS), Fosroc(Proofex PR) ,MYK Schomburg(Self Stick 3000 )

Grace (Preprufe Tape) ,Sika(Sarnatape 200), Fosroc ,B ASF,MYK Schomburg

Grace (Adcor 500 s),Sika(Sika Swell A profiles Acrylic) , Fosroc ,( Supercast SW20 ), MYK Schomburg (Waterbar RS 800)BASF

Sika(Sikalastic 901 N ) ,BASF(Master seal roof 3500), Fosroc (Nito proof 800)Grace(Silcor 580)

(BASF(Master seal 551),MYK Schomburg,Sika ,Grace (Betecflex S150),Fosroc(Brush bond RFX)

Fosroc(Nitocote CM 210),Sika (Sika top seal 107) , MYK Schomburg,BASF (Master seal 551),Grace (betec flex 150)

CICO ,Fosroc (Notocoat EP 405),Roffe , Pidilite,STP ,Sika ,BASF ,MYK Schomburg

Grace (Preprufe Grout EG 75),Fosroc(Conbextra EP75) /Rolfe /Mc Bauchemei / Krishna Conchem / Fairmate/STP/CICO

Grace (Preprufe Grout CEM 100), Fosroc(Conbextra GP2 &Noto Bond At) /Roffe /Mc Bauchemei / Krishna Conchem / Fairmate /STP/CICO

.

Page 123: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (CIVIL & PLUMBING)

8.12 Curing Compound

8.13 Basement car parking flooring

8.14 Shuttering oil

8.15 Polyurethane coating over steel

8.16 Water Repelent Coatings

8.17 "Mel Drain" Rolled Matrix Soil Filter Cum Drainage System

818 Tiles Adhesive and grout 8.19 Geo Textile

9.0 Expansion joint 9.1 Filler board for expansion joint

9.2 EPDM Membrane for expansion joint

9.3 Backer Rod

9.4 P.V.0 water stopper

9.5 Silicone sealant for expansion / separation joints in RCC structure

9.6 Polysulphide /Polyurethane Sealent

9.7 Expansion joints assembly

10.0 PVC doors ,Flush doors and ply

10.1 PVC door frame and shutters 10.2 Flush / Paneled door shutters

10.3 Plywood (BWP Marine Grade)

10.4 Marine grade Block Board

CONSTRUCTION OE UP POLICE BIIAWAN AT SECTOR-7 DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

CICO ,Pidilite ,Sika(Antisol A) ,BASF ,FosrocSTP , MYK Schomburg,Fosroc (CONCURE LP90)

MYK Schomburg (MLCP Flooring), Sika (Sikafloor Cardeck thixo),BASF,DON CHEMICALS

CICO ,Pidilite ,Sika ,BASF ,FosrocSTP , MYK Schomburg

Fosroc(Nitoflor UR512),Sika ,BASF

CICO ,Pidilite ,Sika ,BASF ,Fosroc,STP

M/s. W.R. Meadows Inc., USA, or "J. DRAIN SYSTEMS OF USA, Guttabeta (Italy),

Ardex Endura ,BASF ,Fosroc, Sika Edilfloor (Italy) ,Duepont , Drucar

.DURAf1ex-HD-100" in black colour of M/S Supreme Industries Limited

Firestone U.S ,STP ( CARLISLE),Geneflex ,Giscossa

STP,Suprime Industries Ltd

STP , Kanta Polymers ,Pidilite,Fosroc (Super cast PVC )

Chocksey Chemicals , Fosroc, Sika,-BASF , Alston

CICO ,Pidilite ,Sika ,BASF ,Ardex Endura, MYK Schomburg , Fosroc, Roffe, Mc Bauchemei

Bizzar , Tristar ,J sons ,Hercules ,VR Engineers ,CS,Sand Field

Raja sons Forex Ltd, Sintex

Green Ply, Durian, Alpro, Merino, Century ,Anchor , Duro ,Silicon , Mayur or Bhutan

Century, Anchor, Greenply, Archidply, Mayur Ply, Kenwood„ Alpro, National, Merino , Bhutan,Duro

Century, Anchor, Greenply, Kenwood„Alpro,Duro

1 )

.

Page 124: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (CIVIL & PLUMBING)

10.5 MDF boards

10.6 Veneers 10.7 Laminates Door Skins

12 Signage

13 uPvc Pipes for Sleeves etc)

14 Glass and other items

14.1 Glass (relevant code BS 952) Heat Strengthened Glass Toughened Glass Laminated Glass Safety Glass Annealed Glass

14.2 Silicon Sealants

14.3 Structural and Weather Sealant

14.4 Double sided tapes

14.4.1 Double sided spacer tape for Structural glazing (Open cell PU with shore A hardness of 35 to 40)

14.4.2 Double sided tape for ACP Cladding (1.6mm thick Acrylic foam tape)

14.4.3

CONSTRUCTION OF UP POLICE BRAWAN AT SECTOR-7 DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

Bajaj Eco-tech, Anchor, Nuwud , Green Ply

Century, Greenply, Durian, Anchor, Mayur,Duro Timex, Archidply , Silicon or Bhutan

Merino ,Green Ply .Durian, Century, Formica, Sunmica , Decolam /green lam OR Silicon ,Optus

Neki / Kich , Signage & Graphics, Prolite, Bharat Chauhan, Dline.

Finolex , Prince, Supreme

Selection as per AS 1288 Glaverbal Saint Gobain Ashai Float Modi Float Glass Pilkington

GE Silicone / Dow Corning /GE

Dow Corning GE

Norton V2100,Pentagon Bow 790U,Tremco

3M VHB 4956,Pentagon Bow UHP716GS

Pentagon Bow PT 715T& 720T,

ig

a

Interior architectural glass to glass partitions (fixed glass in 'u'

channels and patch fittings) (1.5mm &2.00mmthick Transparent UHP Acrylic Foam Tapes)

14.4.4 Interior architectural mirror bonding and fixing on plywood / aluminium frames for bathrooms or common areas

3M VHB 4915 &4918 (for 1.5 and 2.0mm respectively)

3M VHB 4956 / Pentagon Bow PT 716WL

0

.

Page 125: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (CIVIL & PLUMBING)

(1.6mm thick UHPAcryIic foam tapes 15 HARD WARE FITTINGS & RAILINGS

15.1 Aluminium Extrusions 15.2 Aluminium hardware fittings 15.3 Door / Window fitting / hardwares

15.4 Stainless Steel hardware fittings for fixed and loose furniture

15.5 Stainless Steel Railings 15.6 Stainless Steel

15.7 Bolts, Screws (SS-316)

16 Glass for paneling & Mirror 16.1 Glass sheet / float glass ( for glazed

portions of normal wooden doors /windows )

16.2 Mirror 17 Flooring

17.1 Chequered Tiles ,Paver Blocks

17.2 Floor Hardener Floor hardeners- (Dry shake / Liquid nonmetallic)

17.3 Vitrified Tiles

17.4 Ceramic Glazed tiles 17.7 Adhesives for Stones & Tiles / Epoxy

solid grout Tiling works

CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

Hindalco / Indal / Jindal / Bhorukha

Godrej , Crown ,Global / Aluminium Udhyog Ltd.

Neki / Kich, Hettich , Hefle , Assa Abloy , Everite ,Hardwin

Dorma Universal , Kich , Astroflame,Hefle,D line,Hettich

Carl F D line , Dorma Universal , Kich , Jindal Arch Salem Steel / Indalco / Jindal.

Hiiti / Fisher / Kundan , Axel

Saint Gobain .Triveni , Modi , Ashai Float glass India Ltd.

Modi Glass, Ashai ,Atul

Ultra Tiles, Shree Tiles , NITCO , UnitiIes , Hindustan Tiles , /PAVIT , Dalai Tiles Industries

Liqui Hard of W.R.Meadows ,Tech floor HT-200 , MYK Schomburg India Pvt. Ltd ,Fosroc,sika ,CICO

Johnson , Restile , RAK Ceramic, Murdeshwar Ceramics (Navin),Marbitto , Somany , Kajaria , PAVIT

Kajaria ,Johnson ,BelI , Nitco , Naveen , Somany,

BaI adhesive, Laticrete, Pidilite, STP , Ardex endure ,CICO ,Sika ,BASF ,Fosroc„Saint Gobain Weber

Page 126: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (CIVIL & PLUMBING)

17.9 Wooden Flooring solid wood flooring

17.10 laminated wooden flooring

18 PAINTS 18.1 Oil bound washable distemper ,plastic

emulsion paint & Enamel paints

18.2 Water proof cement paint

18.3 Epoxy Paint on steel /RCC surface (Excluding water structures )

18.4 Nitro Cellulose paint (Duco Paint)

18.5 Weather shield paint

18.6 Textured paint

18.6 Synthetic Plaster (Paint)

18.7 Red Oxide Primer

18.8 Acrylic Polysiloxiane based top coat ( to be applied over intumescent paint )

CONSTRUCTION OF UP POLICE SHAWAN AT SECTOR-7 GOMT1NACAR LUCKNOW (U.P.)

Junkers ,Tarket, Action ,Ego ,Action

Junkers ,Tarket, Action teas , ego,dlh

ICI , Berger , Acro Paints , Spectrum Paints , Asian Paints, Goodlac Nerolac ,Ultra Tech

Super snowcem , Acro Paints ,Spectrum Paints, Ultra Tech

Asian paints, Akzonobel, Jotun , Pedilite „STP

I.C.I (Akzonobel ). , MRF

ICI, ASIAN PAINTS

Acro ,Spectrum ,Asian paints ,Ultra Tech

Acronova , Renova of Damani Dyestuff Ltd ,Spectrum Paints,Spectrum

Shalimar ,Asian Paints ,Garware Paints

AkzoNobel coatings India p.Ltd„ MRF

Tr ri

sg

Ca

13.

Page 127: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work
Page 128: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES (CIVIL 86 PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

Note:

. 1. Wherever applicable only I.S.I approved first class materials are to be used. In other cases where I.S.I. specifications/ certifications are not available the superior range quality materials are to be used and all the products got approved by the Project Consultant. 2. The Project Consultant reserves the right to specify a particular brand name of a

product, in his sole discretion, for use in the contract. No excuse from the contractor as regard variation in rates, in this context will be valid.

3. All dimensions mentioned for all wooden sections (covered or exposed) are "OUT OF" dimensions. 4. All site items procured by the contractor from the manufacturers, such as ply, veneer,

laminates, wood, Italian marble, ceramic tiles etc. shall be within the allowable tolerances as specified by the manufacturer.

5. In case of non availability of make of product in the above list then contractor shall inform the

Engineer In charge in writing well in advance to get the material approved ,Decision of engineer

In Charge shall be final and binding on the contract and no claim what so ever will be entertained

.

Page 129: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

rr Gp r

Li I

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF UP POLICE BRAMAN AT SECTOR-7 (CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

17

PLUMBING & SEWERAGE TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION-01 :: BASIS OF DESIGN

.

Page 130: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES (CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

1. Plumbing Systems (Water Supply & Drainage) 1.1. Reference Standards

National Building Code of India Part IX September 2005

Codes & Design Guidelines :

i. American Society of Plumbing Design Data Book Volume Ito IV Engineers(ASPE)

ii. Institute of Plumbing Engineers UK Design Data Book - 2002

iii. International Plumbing Code 2003 Edition

iv. Uniform Plumbing Code of India 2008 Edition

v. Energy Conservation Building Code 2008 Edition

vi. GRIHA

1.2. Approach to Planning

The Plumbing services for the project shall be designed keeping in view the following: 1.2.1 Requirement of adequate and equal pressure of water in toilets, kitchen and other

designated areas. Water makeup supply to water bodies shall also be ensured. 1.2.2 The water storage tank capacity shall be adequate to ensure availability of water for 1 1/2

days required. 1.2.3 Water body recirculation & filtration system. 1.2.4 Recycling of treated waste water (from sewage treatment plant) for makeup to air

conditioning and DG cooling towers for horticulture water use. 1.2.5 Implementation of requirements of MoEF relating to rain water harvesting, water

conservation, solar energy use etc 1.2.6 Levels of roads / pavements and other services in the area. 1.2.7 Drainage and water supply provision for Landscape layout. 1.2.8 Water conservation using low flow fixtures. 1.3 System Requirements 1.3.1 Water treatment plant (WTP) to ensure that the chemical and bacteriological parameters of

water supply in the Complex as per ISO 10500 or CPHEEO.(Central Public Health environment Engineering Organisation, GOI). Since, quality of water from municipal water authority /borewell is potable, WTP shalt be very basic, comprising of filters and hypo dosing units. However, WTP system design shall be verified for suitability prior to installation in accordance to latest water analysis report.

.

Page 131: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES (CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

1.3.2 Domestic water supply through a set of VFD (variable frequency drive) booster pumping unit systems for making water available at minimal residual pressure of 1.5 to 2.1 kg/ crn2 based on operator's guidelines.

1.3.3 Sewage and sullage collection Sr conveyance system based on ASPE standard and

applicable guidelines by NBC. 1.3.4 Storm / rain water drainage system from the roof terrace and various levels of the

building, including balcony drains, planter drains etc. by means of draining, storing part rain water, its re-use and surface run-off water to rain water recharge pits.

1.3.5 Basement drainage to be disposed into storm water drain via oil interceptor.

1.3.6 Sewage treatment plant for treatment of sewage & sullage waste. The plant shall comprise of preliminary, secondary (chemical & biological) and tertiary treatment units. The treated effluent shall be recycled and reused for air conditioning and DG set cooling towers makeup and for landscape requirement of the Building Complex. As per commitment to MoEF, it will be ensured earned to provide high flow UV System in tertiary treatment plant of STP.

1.4 Design Calculations

Please refer Annexure 3 for Water demand Calculations

WATER CONSUMPTION DATA - SUMMARY & TREATED WASTE WATER RE-USE S.NO.

1

2

3 S.NO.

1

2

3

DESCRIPITON

DOMESTIC WATER REQUIREMENT

FLUSHING WATER REQUIREMENT

FLOW TO SEWER

TREATED WASTE WATER FROM STP

DESCRIPITON

RE-USE OF TREATED WASTE WATER FROM STP

COOLING TOWER MAKE -UP - AIR CONDITIONING PLANT

DG SET COOLING TOWER MAKE - UP

GARDENING AND LANDSCAPE

TOTAL

ROUND-OFF

Say 100 KL/DAY

Say 150 KL/DAY

Say 225 KL/DAY

STP Design 225 KL/DAY

Approx 215 KL/DAY From STP

ROUNDING

SAY150 KL/DAY

Say 40 KL/DAY

SAY 25 KL/DAY

SAY 215 KL/DAY

.

Page 132: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (CIVIL & PLUMBING)

CONCLUSION: TOTAL WATER REQUIREMENT FOR THE PROJECT IS 465 KI/DAY FRESH WATER REQUIREMENT - 250 KL/DAY; TREATED WASTE WATER USE - 215 KI/DAY

Hence ZERO DISCHARGE

CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

1.5 Source, Storage, Type and Treatment of Water 1.5.1 Source of Water

It is expected that the daily potable domestic water requirement for the Building Complex shall be met through municipal water authority & tubewell at site.

1.5.2 Water Storage Sizing

It is proposed to provide 1.5 day water storage capacity based on ultimate requirement. The incoming main from bore well water supply line shall be led into Raw Water Tanks; thereafter the water shall be treated and stored in fire reserve tanks, from where it shall be allowed to overflow domestic water storage tanks. The water storage capacities of the tanks are as follows:

S.No. Description Capacity (Lts)

Underground Water Tanks

a. Fire Storage Tanks 2 Nos. 100 KL

b. Raw Water Storage Tanks 2 Nos. 100 KL

c. Domestic Water Storage Tanks 2 Nos. 100 KL

Overhead Water Tank

a. Fire Water Tank 1 No 20 KL

b. Flushing water tank 1 No 10 KL

1.5.3 Water Type & Treatment

Water treatment plant shall be provided in accordance with the various requirements of use. The various type / quality of water and their water treatment plant are as follows:

Domestic Water: Water sourced from the tubewell shall be passed through basic water treatment plant comprising of multi grade filters and pH correction units. Provision of UV treatment unit shall be made for water treatment and disinfection. Further specialized treatment, may be provided based on the source water analysis report. Water shall be used for domestic usage in Toilets, Kitchen (for dishwashing etc), water bodies and other areas where direct human contact / use is envisaged. Water softener shall be customized to

.

Page 133: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES (CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

ensure water hardness grains in accordance to applicable Standards. The water quality shall be as per ISO 10500 or CPHEEO.(Central Public Health environment Engineering Organisation, GOI). Drinking Water: Localized UV units shall be provided in Water coolers , Pantries, Kitchen at points that are used for direct consumption. For specific application in kitchens, e.g., Coffee making or ice making machines, supplementary local water treatment unit shall be installed as part of the kitchen equipment.

Irrigation Water: Irrigation water for landscape use shall be sourced from the STP and shall have acceptable parameters as per governing requirement.

1.6 Water Distribution

Water distribution for water supply for the Complex shall be designed on principle of zoning to ensure availability of minimal residual pressure of 150 to 210 Kpa at all user outlets. It shall be ensured that PRV's are provided to limit water distribution pressure to 450 Kpa (4.5 Kg/ Sq.Cm) It is proposed to have independent variable speed booster pumping system for domestic water supply. Further independent variable speed booster pumping system is also proposed for flushing water supply. The booster system shall be fully equipped with precharged, non-toxic food grade bladder. The following piping materials are proposed for the project. Domestic Cold/ Hot water piping within the building CPVC Domestic Cold/ Hot water piping in Basement GI Flushing water piping within the building CPVC Full way gate valves of approved make shall be provided as close to the underground tank as practicable on every outlet pipe from the storage tank, except the overflow pipe. Overflow and vent pipes shall terminate with mosquito proof grating.

The overflow pipe shall be so placed as to allow the discharge of water being readily seen. The overflow pipe shall be of size as indicated. A stop valve shall also be provided in the inlet water connection to the tank. The outlet pipes shall be fixed approximately 75mm above the bottom of the tank towards which the floor of the tank is sloping to enable the tank to be nearly emptied for cleaning.

The pipe sizing shall be based on fixture unit calculation as per ASPE standard. The pipe size of riser shall be restricted to nearest 4" size to optimize on capital cost, and for ease of installation and maintenance. However, the maximum velocity in the water supply piping shall not exceed 2.4 m/ second; whereas the limiting maximum velocity in hot water return piping shall be 1.2 m /second.

Water meters shall be provided in identified areas for water consumption recording for efficient monitoring and assessment. Head losses through water meter shall be accounted for in water distributions calculations.

.

Page 134: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF UP POLICE BEIAWAN AT SECTOR-7 (CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

The landscape water supply system comprising of pumping, piping, water supply nozzles and control equipment shall be designed and built by the appointed irrigation water supply vendor.

1.7 Appurtenant

Following appurtenants shall be included in the design of water supply system for efficient functioning:

1.7.1 Domestic Air Vents: Automatic air vent shall be provided on cold risers to eliminate

possibility of air locking and to ensure efficient water flow / pressure availability at the user outlets.

1.7.2 Pressure Reducing Valve: Pressure reducing valves shall be provided at Lower

Floors upto 4th Floor where abnormally high pressures are envisaged.

1.7.3 Vacuum Breaker: Vacuum breaker shall be provided on fixtures where cross connection to sanitary system could occur.

1.7.4 Backflow Prevention: Double check valve type back flow prevention valve shall be

provided on all connections to non-potable water systems such as pool, irrigation and flushing water supply for ensuring high hygiene standards.

1.7.5 Flow Restrictors: Appropriate flow restrictors shall be provided for economizing on

water consumption. The flow resistors shall be typically sized for following flow / discharge.

Wash Basin 8.3 LPM Shower 9.5 LPM Kitchen Sink 9.5 LPM

1.7.6 Ball Valve: Full bore gun-metal ball valve shall be provided for isolation of cold and

hot water supply for the designated area. Further chrome-plated angle valve shall be provided for cold / hot water isolation to wash basin faucets and for WC cistern & bidet water supply.

1.7.7 Globe Valve: Globe valve shall be provided on cold & hot water pipes where dual

function of providing isolation for maintenance, and flow regulation is required.

1.7.8 Water Metering: Water metering shall be provided for Kitchen, external irrigation system, and any other designated areas intimated by the Client.

1.7.9 Pressure Gauge: Pressure Gauge shall be provided on cold & hot water supply and

return piping for efficient balancing and monitoring of the system.

1.8 Hot water system

It is proposed to provide Solar Hot Water Panels to ensure atleast 20% energy sourcing from Solar System for effective energy saving and to optimize energy requirement from fossile fuel.Hot water shall be supplied only in attached Toilets. Electric Geysers are also purposed in the attached toilets where preheated water brought from Solar water heater can be further heated to the requr d temperature.

.

Page 135: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES (CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

1.9 Sewage, sullage and storm water drainage

The following parameters/ site conditions shall be kept in mind when designing the sewage, sullage and storm water drainage system: • Natural slope of the area; • Layout of different facility in the complex; • Sub-soil water table; • Soil condition; • Provision of venting arrangement for manholes; • Construction of manholes & laying of pipes considering ground condition; • Termination of vent cowl at terrace level; • Provision of adequate slope for horizontal header in the under slung pipes

especially for public toilets Sewage & sullage waste drainage.

The soil and waste shall be carried down in separate independently vented pipes. Two pipe drainage systems shall be adopted as per ASPE standard. The sanitary, waste & vent system shall be water tight and gas tight designed to prevent escape of foul gas and odour from various fixtures. Provision of ASP vertical vent shall be made for hygiene, safety considerations, and to avoid entry of foul smell into occupied areas. Vent system shall be designed to facilitate escape of gases and odour from all parts of sanitary and waste system to the atmosphere at a point above the building and to allow admittance of air to all part of the system, so that siphonage, aspiration or back pressure conditions do not cause loss of seal at traps. It is proposed to use cast iron pipe for soil / waste drainage. The soil & waste piping shall be under-slung (in the ceiling slab of floor below) and the horizontal header shall be subsequently connected to the vertical stack located inside the associated pipe shaft which shall be coordinated carefully with other services and in consultation with Architect. Care shall be taken to avoid pipe runs in electrical switch rooms, PABX rooms and other critical areas. Provision for cleaning and rodding eyes shall be made at strategic locations to allow the system maintenance. These cleaning & rodding eyes shall be located in ceiling space and shall be remote from kitchen / pantry and other critical areas.

Stainless steel grease interceptors are proposed for kitchen waste, located close to the source of grease. The design of grease inceptors shall be in accordance with ASPE standard and shall include cleanout at entry and exit. The cover shall be non-slip. Provision of independent vent shall be made to avoid odour / smell nuisance in the surrounding areas.

Drain channel shall be provided in the basement level car parking and plant room areas within the floor fill above the raft. Drain channels shall be provided with adequate slope to affect self cleaning velocity and shall terminate in sumps. For each sump, 2 nos. submersible pumps (1 working + 1 working at high level/standby) shall be provided for disposal of collected run-off. Pumps shall be installed in identified sumps and shall be operated by Hi-Lo level switches with automatic changeover between both pumps. RCC (NP2) pipe are proposed for external storm water drainage. The construction of manhole, gully trap & catch basin shall be in accordance to the soil condition at site. If required sewage pumping station shall be provided to lift sewage from the zone to be brought to the equalization tan f the STP.

.

Page 136: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE -V RESIDENCES (CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

Sewerage system shall be preferably taken from outside the building. This is because the sewage consists of green house gases such as methane which may spread in the basement and further into the tower through shafts. Also the bypass connection shall be by gravity instead of using pumping to lift sewage from equalisation tank.

1.10 Sanitary fixtures and fittings

All sanitary wares shall be selected by the Architect / Interior Designer/ Client. However only to assist Architect / Interior Designer/ Client in the selection, following is being tentatively proposed

Water closets (European pattern) shall be floor mounted or wall mounted vitreous china, having "5" or "P" trap. All water closets shall have low level cisterns of 4 to 5 litres capacity. However, provision of flush valve shall be made for public area toilets.

All wash basins shall be of vitreous china, below-counter oval, with single lever basin fitting coming through the marble counter. Pop-up waste and waste coupling with CP bottle trap shall be provided to the drain outlet. Inlet water connections shall be made thru CP angle stop cocks below the counter.

Urinals shall be flat back white vitreous china, with auto-flushing system and CP spreader. Provision of waste coupling with CP bottle trap, connected to deep seal floor trap, shall also be made.

Accessories such as toilet paper holder, towel rails, soap dispenser and hand drier etc. shall be provided as identified by the Architect / Interior Designer/ Client.

1.11 Sewage Treatment Plant

It is proposed to provide 225 KED Sewage treatment plant for treatment of sewage & sullage water The treated effluent shall be of a quality suitable for use as make-up water in cooling towers of air conditioning system and of DG sets and for horticulture for external areas. Following parameters shall be adopted for the design of sewage treatment plant.

Value Parameters

Before Treatment After Treatment pH 7.5 - 8.5 6.0 - 8.5

BOD 250-450 Mg/L Less than 20 Mg/L

Suspended Solids 250-400 Mg/L Less than 20 Mg/L

COD 600-800 Mg/L Less than 60 Mg/L

Oil & Grease 50-100 Mg/ L Less than 10 Mg/L

Detergents 50-100 Mg/L Less than 10 Mg/L

Process Description

Page 137: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES (CIVIL & PLUMBING) GONITINAGAR LUCKNOW (U.P.)

In order to conserve water, sewage treatment plant shall be designed to ensure that treated effluent (water) characteristics are well below the permissible limits, even under varying flow conditions which are typical for such systems. This implies that the selected process shall be able to withstand shock load situations.

Storm Water Drainage

Separate and independent rain water drainage system shall be provided for collecting rain water from terrace, paved area, lawns and roads. Independent rain water down takes of appropriate size and number shall be provided in close coordination with Architect. Perforated pipe drainage system shall be provided for open-to-sky courtyard/lawn. The storm water runoff from the basement ramp shall be separately collected and connected to sump at basement. No storm water ingress shall be allowed into lower basement. It shall be ensured to have electrical supply for all sump pump panel from electrical panel located at upper basement. Emergency supply shall also be made available to the sump pump electrical panel. The final disposal shall be to rain water harvesting pit.

1.12. Bulk Fuel Storage

Facilities shall be provided for the underground bulk storage of HSD to meet the full load requirements of the DG sets. The capacity of the bulk storage proposed is 30 KL. Level controllers shall be provided in the day oil tanks to ensure that the refilling of the day oil tanks is automatic. The overflow from the day oil tanks shall be led back to by a gravity Iine to the bulk storage tanks. This shall prevent accidental overflow of HSD in the plant room / DG room. Entire installation and distribution shall be in accordance with guidelines by the Chief Inspectorate of Explosives, Nagpur

1.13 Brief for Major Equipment 1.13.1 Pumps

Pumps shall be vertical, centrifugal directly coupled to motor. Provision of pump with pump head & base of cast iron and other parts in SS 304 shall be made. Impeller shall be hydraulically balanced and keyed to shaft. Pump base shall be mounted on a concrete foundation, projecting at least 15 CM above finished floor level. The pumps base shall be set on vibration elimination pad. The pump shall be lubricated in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and shall be factory aligned prior to shipment. All motors and bases shall be painted with approved finish shop coat of paint. The pump shall be selected for the lowest operating noise level and shall be complete with flexible connections, valves, and pressure gauges.

1.13.2 FRP Composite Vessel Filter

The filter shall be constructed of FRP material with inner shell of integrated polyethylene, polypropylene and other material as per manufacturer's standard.

The inter distribution system and the underbed draw off system shall be of Hub & Lateral type of polypropylene material. The filter shall be provide with manhole cover, hand hole,

Page 138: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF UP POLICE RHAWAN AT SECTOR-7 (CIVIL & PLUMBING) COMTINAGAR LUCKNOW (U.P.)

flanged outlet for piping / valve connection and adequate tripod with skid self supporting structure for making the installation complete. The filter shall also be provided with vacuums breaking connection / accessories to avoid any collapse of internal lining. All filters shall be provided with manhole for media loading and lifting lugs. The filter shall be suitable for 1.5 times the working pressure of pump.Each filter shall be provided with following accessories:- a. Inlet and outlet pressure gauge b. Sampling cock / valve on raw water inlet and filter water outlet c. Individual drain connection with gunmetal full way valve for each filter. d. Air release valve with connecting pipe

1.13.3 Pipes, Hangers, Supports & Clamps

All vertical pipes shall be fixed by galvanized clamps and galvanized angle brackets truly vertical. Branch pipes shall be connected to the stack at the same angle as that of the fittings. No collars shall be used on vertical stacks. Each stack shall be terminated at top with a cowl (terminal guard).

Horizontal pipes running along ceiling shall be fixed on galvanized structural adjustable clamps of special design as shown on the drawings. Horizontal pipes shall be laid to uniform slope and the clamps adjusted to the proper levels so that the pipes fully reset on them. Contractor shall provide all sleeves, openings, hangers, inserts shall be provided during the construction by making such provisions in the structure as necessary.

All pipes clamps, supports and hangers shall be galvanized. Factory made prefabricated clamps shall be preferred. Contractor may fabricate the clamps of special nature and galvanize them after fabrication but before installation. All nuts, bolts, washers and other fasteners shall be factory galvanized.

1.13.4 VALVES

Isolation Valve

All valves (gate, globe, check, safety) shall be of gun metal suitable for the particular service as specified. All valves shall be of the particular duty and design as specified. Valves shall either be of screwed type or flanged type, as specified, with suitable flanges and non-corrosive bolts and gaskets. Tail pieces as required shall be supplied along with valves. Gate, globe and check valves shall conform to ASTM specifications.

Sluice valves, where specified shall be flanged sluice valves of cast iron body. The spindle, valve seat and wedge nuts shall be gunmetal. They shall generally have non-rising spindle and shall be of the particular duty and design as specified. The valves shall be supplied with suitable flanges, non-corrosive bolts and gaskets.

Ball valves with floats to be fixed in storage tanks shall consist of cast brass lever arm having copper balls (26 SWG) screwed to the arm integrally. The copper ball shall have bronze welded seams. The closing/ opening mechanism incorporating the piston and cylinder shall be non-corrosive metal and include washers. The size and construction of ball valves and float shall be suitable for desired working pressure operating the supply

Page 139: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE -V RESIDENCES (CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

system. Where called for brass valves shall be supplied with brass hexagonal back nuts to secure them to the tanks and a socket to connect to supply pipe.

S.No Type of Valve Size Construction Ends

a. Isolating Valve 15 mm to 50 mm Gun Metal Screwed 65 mm and above Gun Metal Flanged

b. Sluice Valve & Butterfly 65 mm and above Cast Iron Flanged Valve

c. G.M. non return valve 15 mm to 50 mm Gun Metal Screwed 65 mm above Gun Metal Flanged

d. Flap Type - Non return valve 65 mm and above Cast Iron Flanged

All valves shall be suitable for the working pressure involved.

Pressure Reducing Valve Set

Each pressure reducing valve set shall be complete with pressure reducing or pressure regulating valve, isolating valves, pressure gauges on inlet and outlet, pressure relief valve on outlet and filter on inlet. Each pressure reducing valve shall contain loading neoprene diaphragm and a full floating, self aligning, ignition resistant seat and shall be of the single stage, pressure reduction type with provision for manually adjusting the delivery pressure. The valve shall be failed safe to the lowest pressure. Valves shall be capable of operating and maintaining automatically the respective delivery pressure and flow rates as indicated and shall not be liable to creep. Valves shall also be capable of maintaining the pre-set down stream pressure under static condition. The filter on each inlet to a pressure reducing valve shall be of replaceable porous sintered metal type. Pressure Relief Valves

Each pressure relief valve shall be of the fully enclosed type. Each pressure relief valve in a pressure reducing station shall have a flow capacity equal to that of the pressure reducing valve.

Pressure relief valves in locations other than reducing stations shall have flow capacities equal to that of the associated equipment.

1.13.5 Pressure Gauge

The pressure gauge shall be constructed of die cast aluminium and stove enamelled. It shall be weather proof with an IP 55 enclosure. It shall be stainless steel Bourden tube type pressure gauge with a scale range from 0 to 16 Kg / cm square. Each pressure gauge shall have a siphon tube connection. The shut off arrangement shall be by Ball Valve.

1.13.6 WATER FITTINGS

All Gunmetal fittings such as gate, globe, check & safety valves shall be fitted in pipe line with unions on both ends of th valve for easy replacement. The joints between fittings and

Page 140: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE -V RESIDENCES (CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

pipes shall be leak-proof when tested to desired pressure rating. The defective fittings and joints shall be replaced.

1.13.7 CONNECTIONS TO VARIOUS MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SUPPLIED BY OTHER AGENCIES

All inlets, outlets, valves, piping and other incidental work connected with installation of mechanical equipment supplied by other agencies all be carried out in accordance with the drawings, requirements for proper performance of equipment and it's for, manufacturer's instructions. The equipment to be supplied by the other agencies consists mainly for Kitchen and other similar areas. The work of connections to the various equipments shall be effected through proper unions and isolating valves.

Page 141: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (CIVIL & PLUMBING)

H iz

CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES V, DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Page 142: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

The mentioned technical specifications shall be taken with best

practice of Engineering to meet all site requirement, complete

satisfaction of Engineer incharge/ as per approved CPWD method of

installation. SECTION-02 :: SANITARY FIXTURES & FI1IINGS

1. SCOPE

The scope of this section consists of but is not necessarily limited to supply, installation, testing and commissioning of following items:

a. Sanitary appliances and fixtures for toilets. b. Chromium plated brass fittings c. Stainless steel sinks d. Accessories e.g. toilet paper holders, liquid soap dispensers, towel rails, coat hooks etc. e. Hand driers, drinking water fountains etc.

Whether specifically mentioned or not the Contractor shall provide for all appliances and fixtures all fixing devices, nuts, bolts, screws, hangers as required.

2 GENERAL REQUIREMENT

PECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES (CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LIJCKNOW (U.P.)

SECTION-03 :: WATER SUPPLY (COLD & HOT)

1. SCOPE The scope of this section comprises the supply, installation, testing and commissioning of piping network for water supply for internal & external services as follows: a Bore well supply. b. Drinking Water Supply. c. Flushing Water Supply d. Washing e. External water supply to cater for Horticulture and Cooling Towers drawn from the

Treated Sewage Water Tank through an independent pumping System (as required).

f. Connection to various mechanical equipments to be supplied and installed by the

other specialist contractors. The Contractor shall make all necessary application and arrangements for his work to be inspected by the Local Authorities. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for obtaining the Authorities approval of his works prior to the handing over of the complete water supply / distribution installation to the Owner.

Page 143: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

2. PIPING MATERIALS A. CPVC Pipes & Fittings

The pipes shall be CPVC (Chlorinated Poly Vinyl Chloride) material for hot & cold water supply piping system with pipes as per CTs SDR -11 at a working pressure of 320 PSI at 23 deg C and 80 PSI at 82 deg.C, using solvent welded CPVC fittings i.e. Tees, Elbows, Couples, Unions, Reducers, Brushing etc. including transition fittings (connection between CPVC & Metal pipes / GI) i.e. Brass adapters (both Male & Female threaded and all conforming to ASTM D-2846 with only CPVC solvent cement conforming to ASTM F-493, with clamps / structural metal supports as required /directed at site including cutting chases & filling the same with cement concrete / cement mortar as required, including painting of the exposed pipes with one coat of desired shade of enamel paint. All termination points for installation of faucets shall have brass termination fittings. Installation shall be to the satisfaction of manufacturer & Project Manager. i. Joining Pipes & Fittings

a. Cutting:

Page 144: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES

(CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

Pipes shall be cut either with a wheel type plastic pipe cutting or hacksaw blade and care shall be taken to make a square cut which provides optimal bonding area within a joint.

b. Deburring / Beveling:

Burrs should be removed from the outside and inside of pipe with a

pocket knife or file otherwise burrs may prevent proper contact between pipe and fittings during assembly.

c. Fitting preparation:

A clean dry rag/cloth should be used to wipe dirt and moisture from the fitting sockets and tubing end. The tubing should make contact with the socket wall 1/3 or 2/3 of the way into the fitting socket.

d. Solvent Cement Application:

Only CPVC solvent cement confirming to ASTM-F493 should be used for joining pipe with fittings. An even coat of solvent cement should be applied on the pipe end and a thin coat inside the fitting socket, otherwise too much of cement solvent can cause clogged water ways.

e. Assembly:

After applying the solvent cement on both pipe and fitting socket, pipe should be inserted into the fitting socket within 30 seconds, and rotating the pipe 4/1 to 2/1 turn while inserting so as to ensure even distribution of solvent cement with the joint. The assembled system should be held for 10 seconds ( approximately) in order to allow the joint to set up.

An even bead of cement should be evident around the joint and if this bead is not continues remake the joint to avoid potential leaks.

Set & Cure times:

Solvent cement set and cure times shall be strictly adhered to as per the below mentioned table. Minimum Cure prior to pressure testing at 150 PSI

Ambient Temperature during Pipe Size Core period 1/2

I. -1" 1.1/4" - 2" Above 15 deg. C 1 Hr 2 Hrs 4-15 deg.0 2 Hrs 4 Hrs Below 4 deg C 4 Hrs 8 Hrs

Special care shall be exercised when assembling flow guard systems in extremely low temperature ( below 4°C) or extremely high temperature (above 45°C) In extremely hot temperatures, make sure that both surfaces to be joined are till NGrt with cement solvent when putting them together.

Page 145: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES (CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

f. Testing Once an installation is completed and cured as per above mentioned recommendations, the system should be hydrostatically pressure tested at 150 psi(10 Bar) for one hour. During pressure testing, the system should be fitted with water and if a leak is found, the joint should be cut out and replacing the same with new one by using couplers.

Transition of CPVC to Metals

When making a transition connection to metal threads, special Brass / plastic transition fitting (Male and female adapters) should be used. Plastic threaded connections should not be over torqued Hard tight puts one half turn should be adequate.

iii. Threaded Sealants Teflon tape shall be used to make threaded connections leak proof.

iv. Solvent Cement

Only CPVC solvent cement conforming to ASTMF 493 should be used for joining pipe with fittings and valves. CPVC cement solvent have a minimum shelf life of 1 year. Aged cement solvent will often change colour or being to thicken and become gelatinous or jelly like and when this happens, the cement should not be used. The cement solvent should be used within 30 days after opening the company's seal and tightly close the seal after using in order to avoid its freezing. The freezed cement solvent should be discarded immediately and fresh one should be used. The CPVC solvent cement usage should be adhered to as given in table below

Diameter of pipe in inch 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1/4" 11/2" 2" ( flow_guard) Approx. nos. of joints which 200 180 150 130 100 70 can be mode per litre of Nos Nos Nos Nos Nos Nos solvent cement.

v. Hangers and supports

For Horizontal runs, support should be given at 3 foot ( 90 cm) intervals for diameters of one inch and below and at 4 foot (1.2m) intervals for larger sizes.

Hangers should not have rough or sharp edges which come in contact with the tubing.

Supports should be as per the below mentioned table: Size of Pipe 21°C 49°C 71°C 82°C

Inch Ft. Ft. Ft. Ft. 2/1" 5.5 4.5 3.0 2.5 4/1" 5.5 5.0 3.0 2.5 ir,

6.0 5.5 3.5 3.0 11/4" 6.5 6.0 3.5 3.5 11/2" 7.0 6.0 3.5 3.5 2" 7.0 6.5 4.0 3.5

Page 146: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

a

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES (CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

SCHEDULE - 40

Recommended Suvnort s acin in feet

Nom. Pipe Size Temperature 0C

(In) (mm) 23 38 49 60 71 82

21/2 65 71/2 7 7 61/2 6 31/z 3 80 8 7 7 7 6 31/2 4 100 81/2 71/2 71/2 7 61/2 4 6 150 91/2 8 8 71/2 7 41/2 8 200 91/2 8 8 71/2 7 5

SCHEDULE - 80

Recommended Support spacing (in feet

Nom. Pipe Size Temperature 0C

(In) (mm) 23 38 49 60 71 82

21/2 65 8 71/2 71/2 61/z 41/2 4 3 80 8 8 71/2 7 41/2 4 4 100 9 9 81/2 71/2 5 41/2 6 150 10 91/2 9 8 51/2 5

B. Galvanised Iron Pipes & Fittings

The pipes shall be galvanised mild steel welded (ERW) or (HFW) screwed and socketed conforming to the requirements of IS:1239. The Galvanising shall conform to IS:4736, the zinc coating shall be uniform, adherent reasonably smooth and free from such imperfections as flux, ash and drop inclusions, bare patches, black spots, pimples, lumpiness, runs, rust strains, bulky white deposits and blisters. The pipes and sockets shall be cleanly finished, well galvanised in and out and free from cracks, surface flaws laminations and other defects. All screw threads shall be clean and well cut. The ends shall be cut cleanly, and square with the axis of the pipe.

The fittings shall be malleable iron and comply with all the requirements of the pipes. The sizes of pipes and fitting is specified in the schedule of quantities. Laying And Jointing Of GI Pipes

The galvanised pipes and fittings shall run in wall chase or ceiling or as specified. The fixing shall be done by means of standard pattern holder bat clamps keeping the pipes about 1.5 cm clear of the wall where to be laid on surface. Where it is specified to conceal the pipes, chasing may be adopted for pipes fixed in the shafts, ducts etc. there should be sufficient space to work on the pipes with the usual tools. As far as possible, pipes may be buried for short distances provided adequate protection is given against damage and where so required special care to be taken at joints. Where directed by the Owner's Site Representative, pipe sleeves shall be fixed at a place the pipe is passing through a wall or floor for reception of the pipe and allow freedom for expansion and contraction and other movements. In case of pipe is embedded in walls or floors it shall be painted with anticorrosive bitumastic paints of approved quality. Under the floors the pipes shall be laid in layer of sand filling.

Galvanised iron pipes shall be jointed with threaded and socket joints, using threaded fittings. Care shall be taken to remove any burr from the end of the pipes after threading. Teflon tape, White lead or an eq 'svalent jointing compound of proprietary make shall be

Page 147: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES (CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

used, according to the manufacturer's instructions, with a grommet of a few strands of fine yarn while tightening. Compounds containing red lead shall not be used because of the danger of contamination of water. Any threads exposed after jointing shall be painted with bituminous paint to prevent corrosion.

3. PIPING INSTALLATION SUPPORT

(VALID FOR GI PIPING ONLY)

Tender drawings indicate schematically the size and location of pipes. The Contractor, on the award of the work, shall prepare detailed working drawings, showing the crosssections, longitudinal sections, details of fittings, locations of isolating and control valves, drain and air valves, and all pipe supports. He must keep in view the specific openings in buildings and other structure through which pipes are designed to pass.

Piping shall be properly supported on , or suspended from , on stands, clamps, hangers as specified and as required. The Contractor shall adequately design all the brackets, saddles, anchor, clamps and hangers, and be responsible for their structural stability.

Pipe work and fittings shall be supported by hangers or brackets so as to permit free expansion and contraction. All accessories and ancillaries of support system such as brackets, saddles, clamps, hangers etc. shall be hot dip galvanized after fabrication. Further to permit free movement of common piping, support shall be from a common hanger bar, fabricated from galvanised steel sections.

Page 148: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES (CIVIL 84 PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

Pipe hangers shall be provided at the following maximum spacings:

Pipe Dia Hanger Rod Dia Spacing between Supports

(mm) (mm) (m)

Up to 25 6 2

32 to 50 10 2.7

80 to 100 12 2.7

125 to 150 16 3.6

200 to 300 19 5.3 Insulated piping if called for in schedule of quantities shall be supported in such a manner as not to put undue pressure on the insulation. 14 gauge metal sheet shall be provided between the insulation and the clamp, saddle or roller, extending atleast 15 cm. on both sides of the clamps, saddles or roller. All pipe work shall be carried out in a proper workman like manner, causing minimum disturbance to the existing services, buildings, roads and structure. The entire piping work shall be organized in consultation with other agencies work, so that area can be carried out in one stretch. Cut-outs in the floor slab for installing the various pipes area are indicated in the drawings. Contractor shall carefully examine the cut-outs provided and clearly point out wherever the cut-outs shown in the drawings, do not meet with the requirements.

Pipe sleeves, larger diameter than pipes, shall be provided wherever pipes pass through walls and slab and annular space filled with fiberglass and finished with retainer rings.

The contractor shall make sure that the clamps, brackets, saddles and hangers provided for pipe supports are adequate or as specified / approved by Consultants. Piping layout shall take due care for expansion and contraction in pipes and include expansion joints where required. All pipes shall be accurately cut by pipe cutting machine to the required sizes in accordance with relevant BIS codes and burrs removed before laying. Open ends of the piping shall be closed as the pipe is installed to avoid entrance of foreign matter. Where reducers are to be made in horizontal runs, eccentric reduces shall be used for the piping to drain freely. In other locations, concentric reduces may be used. All buried pipes for CWS shall be cleaned and coated with two coats of bitumen and then wrapped with two layers of4 00 micron polythene sheet coating. Automatic air valves shall be provided at all high points in the piping system for venting. All valves shall be of 15mm pipe size and shall be associated with an equal size isolation ball valve. Automatic air valves shall also be provided on hot water risers.

Discharge from the air valves shall be piped through a galvanized steel pipe to the nearest drain or sump. All pipes shall be pitched towards drain points.

Pressure gauges shall be provided as shown on the approved drawings and include in Bill of Quantities. Care shall be taken to protect pressure gauges during pressure testing.

Page 149: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES (CIVIL & PLUMBING) GONITINAGAR LUCKNOW (U.P.)

Temperature gauge as specified shall be provided at the hot water supply and return and as shown on drawings and included in Bill of Quantities.

4. FERRULES

The ferrules for connection with main shall generally conform to IS:2692. It shall be of nonferrous materials with a bell mouth cover and shall be of nominal bore as specified. The ferrule shall be fitted with a screw and plug or valve capable of completely shutting of the water supply to the communication pipe, as and when required.

4.1 Fixing Ferrules For fixing ferrule in cast iron mains, the empty main shall be drilled and tapped at 45 deg to the vertical and the ferrule screwed in. The ferrule must be so fitted that no portion of the shank shall be left projecting within the main into which it is fitted.

M) 5. WATER METERS

Water meters of approved make and design shall be supplied for installation at locations as shown. The water meters shall meet with the approval of local supply authorities. Suitable valves and chambers or wall meter box to house the meters shall also be provided along with the meters.

The meters shall conform to Indian Standard IS:779 and IS:2373. Calibration certificate shall be obtained and submitted for each water meter. Provision shall also be made to lock the water meter. The provision shall be such that the lock is conveniently operated from the top. Where the provision is designed for use in conjunction with padlocks, the hole provided for padlocks shall be a diameter not less than 4mm.

5.1 Installation of Water Meter and Stop Cock

The G.I. lines shall be cut to the required lengths at the position where the meter and stop cock are required to be fixed. Suitable fittings shall be attached to the pipes. The meter and stop cock shall be fixed in a position by means of connecting pipes, jam nut and socket etc. The stop cock shall be fixed near the inlet of the water meter. The paper disc inserted in the ripples of the meter shall be removed. And the meter installed exactly horizontal or vertical in the flow line in the direction shown by the arrow cast on the body of the meter. Care shall be taken that the factory seal of the meter is not disturbed. Wherever the meter shall be fixed to a newly fitted pipe line, the pipe line shall have to be completely washed before fitting the meter.

6. TESTING

The Contractor shall notify the Architect three days in advance of any test so that the Architect can witness the tests if he so wishes. All water supply system shall be tested to hydrostatic pressure test of at least one and a half (1.5) times the maximum pressure but not less than 10Kg/Sq.cm for a period of not less than 8 hours. All leaks and defects in joints revealed during the testing shall be

Page 150: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES (CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCK NOW (1./.11.)

rectified and got approved at site by retest. Piping required subsequent to the above pressure test shall be retested in the same manner. System may be tested in sections and such sections shall be entirely retested on completion. The Contractor shall make sure that proper noiseless circulation of fluid is achieved through the entire piping network of the system concerned. In case of improper circulation, the contractor shall rectify the defective connections. He shall bear all expenses for carrying out the above rectifications including the tearing up and refinishing of floors and walls as required.

In addition to the sectional testing carried out during the construction, contractor shall test the entire installation after connections to the overhead tanks or pumping system or mains. He shall rectify all leakages and shall replace all defective materials in the system. Any damage done due to carelessness, open or burst pipes or failure of fittings, to the building, furniture and fixtures shall be made good by the contractor during the defects liability period without any cost.

After commissioning of the water supply system, contractor shall test each valve by closing and opening it a number of times to observe if it is working efficiently. Valves which do not effectively operate shall be replaced by new ones at no extra cost and the same shall be tested as above. A test register shall be maintained and all entries shall be signed and dated by Contractor(s) and Owner's site representative.

7. DISINFECTION OF PIPING SYSTEM AND STORAGE TANKS

Before commissioning the water supply system, the contractor shall arrange to disinfect the entire system as described in the succeeding paragraph. The water storage tanks and pipes shall first be filled with water and thoroughly flushed out. The storage tanks shall then be filled with water again and disinfecting chemical containing chlorine added gradually while tanks are being filled to ensure thorough mixing. Sufficient chemical shall be used to give water a dose of 50 parts of chlorine to one million parts of water.

If ordinary bleaching powder is used, the proportions will be 150 gm of powder to 1000 liters of water. The power shall be mixed with water in the storage tank. If a proprietary brand of chemical is used, the proportions shall be specified by the manufacturer. When the storage tanks is full, the supply shall be stopped and all the taps on the distributing pipes are opened successively working progressively away from the storage tank. Each tap shall be closed when the water discharged begins to smell of chlorine. The storage tank shall then be filled up with water from supply pipe and added with more disinfecting chemical in the recommended proportions. The storage tank and pipe shall then remain charged at least for three hours. Finally the tank and pipes shall be thoroughly flushed out before any water is used for domestic purpose. The pipe work shalt be thoroughly flushed before supply is restored.

8. STERILIZATION OF MAIN

After the pipe work has been tested and approved, but before it is coupled, it shall be sterilized with a solution of chloride of lime.

Page 151: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES (CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

9. CUTTING CHASES IN MASONARY WALLS

Cold water distribution pipes to fixtures and equipment exposed to view in the bathrooms, kitchens, and sanitary compartments shall be chased into walls or floors or placed in wall cavities. The Contractor shall be responsible for cutting all notches, chases, and recesses in walls and floors and only a diamond cutter shall be used. The maximum size of conduit or pipe permitted to be concealed in floor slabs shall be 32 mm diameter unless otherwise approved by the Architect.

The chases upto 7.5 x 7.5 cm shall be made in the walls for housing GI pipes etc. These shall be provided in correct positions as shown in the drawings or directed by the Architects. Chases shall be made by chiselling out the masonry to proper line and depth. After the pipes etc are fixed in chases, the chases shall be filled with cement mortar 1:2:4 or as may be specified, and made flush with the masonry surface. The concrete surface shall be roughened with wire brush to provide a key for plastering.

Where pipes pass through beams or structural walls, subject to the approval of the Structural Consulting Engineer, the Contractor shall ensure that sizes and locations of openings required are formed in when the relevant beams or walls are cast.

10. VALVES

All valves (gate, globe, check, safety) shall be of gun metal suitable for the particular service as specified. All valves shall be of the particular duty and design as specified. Valves shall either be of screwed type or flanged type, as specified, with suitable flanges and non-corrosive bolts and gaskets. Tail pieces as required shall be supplied along with valves. Gate, globe and check valves shall conform to Indian Standard IS:776 and nonreturn valves and swing check type reflux to IS:5312. Sluice valves, where specified shall be flanged sluice valves of cast iron body. The spindle, valve seat and wedge nuts shall be gunmetal. They shall generally have non-rising spindle and shall be of the particular duty and design as specified. The valves shall be supplied with suitable flanges, non-corrosive bolts and asbestos fibre gaskets. Sluice valves shall conform to Indian standard IS:780 and IS:2906. Ball valves with floats to be fixed in storage tanks shall consist of cast brass lever arm having copper balls (26 SWG) screwed to the arm integrally. The copper ball shall have bronze welded seams. The closing/opening mechanism incorporating the piston and cylinder shall be non-corrosive metal and include washers. The size and construction of ball valves and float shall be suitable for desired working pressure operating the supply system. Where called for brass valves shall be supplied with brass hexagonal back nuts to secure them to the tanks and a socket to connect to supply pipe. Globe valves on Hot-water line shall be union bonnet with stem/ disc and body seat ring of SS. Suitable for temperature upto 80° C.

S.No Type of Valve Size Construction Ends a. Isolating Valve 15 mm to 50 mm Gun Metal Screwed

65 mm and above Gun Metal Flanged b. Sluice Valve & Butterfly 65 mm and above Cast Iron Flanged

Valve c. G.M. non return valve 15 mm to 50 mm Gun Metal Screwed

r 65 mm above Gun Metal Flanged

Page 152: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES (CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

d, Flap Type - Non return 65 mm and above Cast Iron Flanged valve

All valves shall be suitable for the working pressure involved. 10.1 Pressure Reducing Valve Set

Each pressure reducing valve set shall be complete with pressure reducing or pressure regulating valve, isolating valves, pressure gauges (fix with symphonic check) on inlet and outlet, pressure relief valve on outlet and filter on inlet. Each pressure reducing valve shall contain loading neoprene diaphragm and a full floating, self aligning, ignition resistant seat and shall be of the single stage, pressure reduction type with provision for manually adjusting the delivery pressure. The valve shall fail safe to the low pressure. Valves shall be capable of operating at the maintaining automatically the respective delivery pressure and flow rates as indicated and shall not be liable to creep. Valves shall also be capable of maintaining the pre-set down stream pressure under static condition. The filter on each inlet to a pressure reducing valve shall be of replaceable porous sintered metal type.

10.2 Pressure Relief Valves

Each pressure relief valve shall be of the fully enclosed type and fitted with hand easing gear. Each pressure relief valve in a pressure reducing station shall have a flow capacity equal to that of the pressure reducing valve.

Pressure relief valves in locations other than reducing stations shall have flow capacities equal to that of the associated equipment.

10.3 Pressure Gauge

The pressure gauge shall be constructed of die cast aluminium and stove enamelled. It shall be weather proof with an IP 55 enclosure. It shall be a stainless steel Bourden tube type pressure gauge with a scale range from 0 to 16 Kg / cm square and shall be constructed as per IS:3524. Each pressure gauge shall have a siphon tube connection. The shut off arrangement shall be by Ball Valve. Calibration certificate shall be obtained and submitted for each pressure gauge.

11. WATER FITTINGS

Unless otherwise specified all Gunmetal fittings such as gate, globe, check & safety valves shall be fitted in pipe line in workman like manner. Necessary unions shall be provided on both ends of the valves for easy replacement. The joints between fittings and pipes shall be leak-proof when tested to desired pressure rating. The defective fittings and joints shall be replaced or redone.

Page 153: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES (CIVIL & PLUM I3ING) DARULSHAFA EUCKNOW (U.P.)

12. PAINT:

Use paints and coatings that comply with the following limits for VOC content and the following chemical restrictions:

➢ Non-Flat Paints and Coatings: VOC not more than 150 g/ L.

➢ Anti-Corrosive Coatings VOC not more than 250 g/L.

➢ Aromatic Compounds: Paints and coatings shall not contain more than 1.0 percent

by weight total aromatic compounds (hydrocarbon compounds containing one or more benzene rings). Paints and coatings shall not contain any of the following: Acrolien Acrylontrile Antimony Benzene Buty benzyl phthalate Cadmium Di (2-ethylhey1) phthalate Di-n-butyl phthalate Di-n-octy phthalate 1,2-dichlorobenzene Diethy phthalate Dimenthyl phthalate Ethyl benzene

Painting: Water supply pipes in exposed, in shafts shall be painted with two or more coats of ready mix Low-VOC oil paint to give an even shade. Before painting all dust and extraneous matter shall be removed.

Paint shall be of approved quality and shade. Where directed by the Owner's site representative pipes shall be painted in accordance with approved pipe colour code. Pipe in chase shall be painted with two coats of bitumen paint, covered with polythene tape and a final coat of bitumen paint. Exposed pipes shall be painted with synthetic enamel paint after removing dust and extraneous matter.

Water supply pipes below ground and covered in cement concrete shall not be painted. 13. CONNECTIONS TO VARIOUS MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SUPPLIED BY OTHER

AGENCIES

All inlets, outlets, valves, piping and other incidental work connected with installation of mechanical equipment supplied by other agencies all be carried out by the contractor in accordance with the drawings, requirements for proper performance of equipment, manufacturers instructions and the directions of the Owner's site representative / Architect. The equipments to be supplied by the other agencies consist mainly for Kitchen, Back-of-the-House area and other similar areas. The work of connections to the various equipments shall be effected through proper unions and isolating valves. The work of effecting connections shall be executed in consultation with and according to the requirement of equipment sr pliers, under the directions of the Owner's site

Page 154: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE -V RESIDENCES (CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

representative / Architect. The various aspects of connection work shall be executed in a similar way to the work of respective trade mentioned elsewhere in these specifications.

13. CONNECTIONS TO RCC WATER TANKS

The contractor shall provide all inlets, outlets, washouts, vents, ball cocks, overflows control valves and all such other piping connections including level indicator to water storage tanks as called for. All pipes crossing through RCC work shall have puddle flanges fabricated from MS/GI pipes of required size and length and welded to 6/8 mm thick MS plate. All puddle flanges must be fixed in true alignment and level to ensure further connection in proper order. Full way gate valves of a approved make shall be provided as near the tank as practicable on every outlet pipe from the storage tank except the overflow pipe. Overflow and vent pipes shall terminate with mosquito proof grating. The overflow pipe shall be so placed to allow the discharge of water being readily seen. The overflow pipe shall be of size as indicated. A stop valve shall also be provided in the inlet water connection to the tank. The outlet pipes shall be fixed approximately 75mm above the bottom of the tank towards which the floor of the tank is sloping to enable the tank to be emptied for cleaning.

Tiling of Walls The floor and the walls of the tanks shall be tiled with glazed tiles up to the overflow level. Alternatively food grade epoxy to be applied to the floor and the walls of the tanks.

14. MEASUREMENTS

The length above ground shall be measured in running meter correct to a cm for the finished work, which shall include pipe and fittings such as coupling , bends, tees, elbows, reducers, crosses, plugs, sockets, nipples and nuts, unions. Deductions for length of valves shall be made. Rate quoted shall be inclusive of all fittings, clamps, cutting holes chased and making good the same and all items mentioned in the specifications and Bill of Quantities.

All pipes below ground shall be measured per linear meters (to the nearest cm) and shall be inclusive of all fittings e.g. coupling, tees, bends, elbows, unions, deduction for valves shall be made rate quoted shall be inclusive of all fittings, excavation, back filling and disposal of surplus earth, cutting holes and chase and making good all item mentioned in Bill of Quantities.

15. LAWN HYDRANTS

Lawn hydrants shall be of 25mm size unless otherwise indicated. All hydrants shall be provided with gate valves and threaded nipple to receive hose pipes. Lawn hydrant valves shall be of approved make and design. Where called for lawn hydrants shall be located in masonry chambers of appropriate size.

Page 155: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES (CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

16. PIPE PROTECTION (FOR COLD

WATER PIPES BURIED IN TRENCHES/ GROUND / EARTH)

All buried pipes shall be coated with zinc chromate primer and bitumen paint, wrapped with three layers of fiber glass tissue, each layer laid in bitumen and placed on concrete blocks with PUF saddles dipped in bitumen at every 2 meters. The pipes where laid under floor shall be encased with 100 mm thick jamuna sand all around in addition to protective coating as described above. Alternatively pypcoat / coatek insulation for protection of pipe would also be acceptable as per final approval of project engineer / consultant.

17. THRUST BLOCKS

In case of bigger pipes (80 mm dia and above), thrust blocks of cement concrete 1:2:4 (1 cement: 2 coarse sand 4 graded stone aggregate of 20 mm nominal size) shall be constructed on all bends as directed by the Owner's site representative.

18. MASONRY CHAMBER

i. All masonry chambers for stop cocks, sluice valves and meter etc. shall be built as per supplied drawings.

ii. The excavation for chambers shall be done true to dimension and level indicated on

plans or as directed by the Owner's site representative. iii. Concrete shall be of cement concrete 1:3:6 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand : 6 graded stone

aggregate 40 mm nominal size. iv. Brick shall be of class designation 75 in cement mortar 1:5 (1 cement : 5 fine sand) v. Inside Plastering not less than 12 mm thick shall be done in cement mortar 1:3 (1

cement : 3 fine sand) finished with a floating coat of neat cement.

19. SHIFTING OF EXCAVATED

SURPLUS MATERIAL

Contractor shall make his own arrangement to shift the surplus excavated material within the site limits as directed by Owner's site representative at free of cost within time limit.

20. HOT WATER PIPING INSULATION

MATERIAL Insulation material for Pipe insulation if called for in the schedule of quantities shall be Closed Cell Elastomeric Nitrile Rubber or closed cell cross linked polyethylene foam. Thermal conductivity of elastomeric nitrile rubber shall not exceed 0.038 W/m°K or 0.0313 Kcal / Mhr °C or 0.212 BTU / (Hr-f t2-0F/inch) at an average temperature of 40°C. The product shall have temperature range of -40 0C to 105°C. Density of material shall not be less than 0.06 gm/cm3. The insulation shall have fire performance such that it asses minimum CLASS 1 as per BS476 part 7 for

Page 156: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES (CIVIL & PLUMBING) GOM'FINAGAR LUCKNOW (U.P.)

surface spread of flame. Water vapour permeability shall not exceed 0.024 perm inch (3 x 10-14 Kgs / m.sec.Pa). The material shall have approval from the Chief Fire Officer. Thickness of the insulation shall be as specified for the individual application. Each lot of insulation material delivered at site shall be accompanied with manufacturer test certificate for thermal conductivity values. Samples of insulation material from each lot delivered at site may be selected by Owner's site representative and gotten tested for thermal conductivity and density at Contractor's cost All joints shall be sealed properly with adhesive, which shall provide similar vapour barrier as the original insulating material. All hot water piping shall be insulated in the manner specified herein. Before applying insulation, all pipe shall be brushed and cleaned. Thermal insulation shall be applied as follows or as specified in drawings or schedule of quantity: Pipe size (mm) Thickness of Nitrile rubber insulation 15 mm to 25 mm 9 mm 32 mm to 50 mm 13 mm 65 mm and above 19 mm

Insulation for pipes in wall chase and for pipes in shaft / plant room. Insulating material in tube form shall be sleeved on the pipes. On existing piping, slit opened tube from insulating material shall be placed over the pipe and adhesive (as recommended by the manufacturer) shall be applied as suggested by the manufacturer. Adhesive must be allowed to tack dry and then press surface firmly together starting from butt end and working towards centre. Wherever flat sheets shall be used it shall be cut out in correct dimension. All longitudinal and transverse joints shall be sealed as per manufacturer recommendations. The insulation shall be continuous over the entire run of piping, fittings and valves. All valves, fittings, joints, strainers etc. in hot water piping shall be insulated to the same thickness as specified for the main run of piping and application shall be same as above. Valves bonnet, yokes and spindles shall be insulated in such a manner as not to cause damage to insulation when the valve is used or serviced.

All insulation work shall be carried out by skilled workmen specially trained in this kind of work. All insulated pipes shall be labeled (HWS / HWR / HWRR) and provided with 300 mm wide band of paint along circumference at every 1200 mm for colour coding. Direction of fluid shall also be marked. All painting shall be as per relevant 131S codes.

Protective Coating Over Insulation To provide mechanical strength and protection from damage all exposed pipe insulated with nitrile rubber as indicated in BOQ shall be covered with fibreglass fabric. The fibreglass fabric shall be applied with one coat of fire proof epoxy or acrylic compound (resin & hardner). The coat shall be allowed to cure to non stick state. Subsequently second coat of compound shall be applied to give a tough and smooth finish to the insulated surface.

Page 157: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF UP POLICE RHAWAN AT SECTOR-7 & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

Measurement of Insulation

Unless otherwise specified measurement for pipe insulation for the project shall be on the basis of centre line measurements described herewith Pipe Insulation shall be measured in units of length along the centre line of the installed pipe, strictly on the same basis as the piping measurements. The linear measurements shall be taken before the application of the insulation. It may be noted that for piping measurement, all valves, orifice plates and strainers shall not be separately measurable by their number and size. It is to be clearly understood that for the insulation measurements, all these accessories including valves, orifice plates and strainers etc. shall be considered strictly by linear measurements along the centre line of pipes and no special rate shall be applicable for insulation of any accessories, fixtures or fittings whatsoever.

.

Page 158: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES (CIVIL & PLUMBING) COMTINAGAR LUCKNOW (U.P.)

SECTION-04::INTERNAL DRAINAGE (SOIL, WAS1E, VENT & RAIN WATER PIPES)

1. SCOPE

The scope of this section comprises the supply, installation, testing and commissioning of internal drainage services.

Work under this section shall consist of furnishing all labour, materials, equipments and appliances necessary and required to completely install all soil, waste, vent and rainwater pipes and fittings as required by the drawings, and given in the schedule of quantities.

2. BASIC PIPING SYSTEM

Soil, waste and vent pipes in shafts, ducts and in concealed areas i.e. false ceilings etc. shall consist of cast iron pipes & fittings as called for. In general wastes and vents smaller than and upto 150mm dia shall be of UPVC. However pipes in Basement (suspended from slab) shall be of DL The soil pipes shall be circular with a minimum diameter of 100mm. Pipes shall be fixed by means of stout GI clamps in two sections, bolted together, built into the walls, wedged and neatly jointed as directed and approved by the Owner's site representative / Architect. All bends, branches, swan neck and other parts shall conform to the requirement and standards as described for the pipes. Pipes shall be rested against the walls on suitable wooden cradles. Local authority regulations applicable to the installations shall be strictly followed. Where indicated, the soil pipes shall be continued upwards without any diminution in its diameter, without any bend or angle to the height shown in the drawings. Joints throughout shall be made with molten lead as described under jointing of cast iron pipes. Soil pipes shall be painted as provided under 'painting'. The soil pipes shall be covered on top with cast iron terminal outlets as directed and approved. All vertical soil pipes shall be firmly fixed to the walls with properly fixed clamps, and shall as far as possible be kept 50mm clear of wall. Waste pipes and fittings shall be of cast iron or galvanised mild steel pipes. Pipes shall be fixed, jointed and painted as described in installation of soil, waste & vent pipes. Every waste pipe shall discharge above the grating of properly trapped gully. The contractor will ensure that this requirement is adequately met with. Wherever floor traps are provided, it shall be ensured that atleast one wash is connected to such floor traps to avoid drying of water seal in the trap. Ventilating pipes shall be of cast iron or galvanised mild steel pipes, conforming to the requirements laid down earlier. Anti-syphon vent pipes/ relief vent pipes where called for on the drawings shall be of cast iron or galvanised mild steel pipes as specified. The pipes shall be of the diameter shown on the drawings. All traps on branch soil and waste pipes shall also be ventilated at a point not less than 75mm or more than 300mm from their highest part and on the side nearest to the soil pipe or waste pipes.

Access doors for fittings and clean outs shall be so located that they are easily accessible for repair and maintenance. Any access panel required in the civil structure, false ceiling or marble cladding etc. shall be clearly reported to the Owner in the form of shop drawings so that other agencies are instructed o provide the same.

.

Page 159: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

Ei

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES (CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

All the fittings used for connections between soil, waste and ventilation pipes and branch pipes shall be made by using pipe fittings with inspection doors for cleaning. The doors shall be provided with 3mm thick rubber insertion packing and when closed and bolted shall be air and water tight. Where soil, waste and ventilating pipes are accommodated in shafts ducts, adequate access to cleaning eyes shall be provided. Head (starting point) of drains and sewage / waste water sumps (as and where applicable) having a length of greater than 4 m upto it connection to the main drain or manhole shall be provided with a 80 / 100 mm vent pipe.

3. PIPING MATERIALS 3.1 UPVC Pipes and Fittings

The pipes shall be round and shall be supplied in straight lengths with socketed ends. The internal and external surfaces of pipes shall be smooth, clean, free from groovings and other defects. The ends shall be cleanly cut and square with the axis of the pipe. The pipes shall be designed by external diameter and shall conform to IS:4985-1981 or IS:13592. The pipes shall be of Class-III; 6 Kg/sqm pressure rating or type B. Fittings

Fittings shall be of the same make as that of pipes, injection moulded and shall conform to IS:14735. Laying and Jointing

The pipes shall be laid and clamped to wooden plugs fixed above the surface of the wall. Alternatively plastic clamps of suitable designs shall be preferred. Provision shall be made for the effect of thermal movement by not gripping or disturbing the pipe at supports between the anchors for suspended pipes. The supports shall allow the repeated movements to take place without abrasion.

Jointing for UPVC pipes shall be made by means of solvent cement for horizontal lines and '0' rubber ring for vertical line. The type of joint shall be used as per site conditions / direction of the Owner's site representative. Where UPVC pipes are to be used for rain water pipes, the pipe shall be finished with GI adopter for insertion in the RCC slab for a water proof joint complete as directed by Owner's site representative. Supports UPVC pipes require supports at close intervals. Recommended support spacing for unplasticised PVC pipes is 1400 mm for pipes 50 mm dia and above. Pipes shall be aligned properly before fixing them on the wooden plugs with clamps. Even if the wooden plugs are fixed using a plumb line, pipe shall also be checked for its alignment before clamping, piping shall be properly supported on, or suspended from clamps, hangers as specified and as required. The Contractor shall adequately design all the brackets, saddles, anchors, clamps and hangers and be responsible for their structural sufficiency. Pipe supports shall be primer coated with rust prey tive paint.

.

Page 160: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES (CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

Repairs While temporary or emergency repairs may be made to the damaged pipes, permanent repairs shall be made by replacement of the damaged section. If any split or chip out occur in the wall of the pipe, a short piece of pipe of sufficient length to cover the damaged portion of the pipe is cut. The sleeve is cut longitudinally and heated sufficiently to soften it so that it may be slipped over the damaged hard pipe.

5. INSTALLATION OF SOIL, WASTE & VENT PIPES

Soil, waste & vent pipes in shafts under the floors / suspended below slab shall be UPVC/ DI as mentioned in schedule of quantities and confirming to relevant IS Codes. Waste pipes from bottle trap to floor/urinal traps for wash basin, urinal and sink shall be shall be UPVC as mentioned in schedule of quantities. All Horizontal pipes running below the slab and along the ceiling, shall be DI and shall be fixed on structural adjustable clamps, sturdy hangers of the design as called for in the drawings. The pipes shall be laid in uniform slope and proper levels. All vertical pipes shall be truly vertical fixed by means of stout clamps in two sections, bolted together, built into the walls, wedged and neatly jointed. The branch pipes shall be connected to the stack at the same angle as that of fittings. All connections between soil, waste and ventilating pipes and branch pipes shall be made by using pipe fittings with inspection doors for cleaning. Pipes shall be fixed in a manner as to provide easy accessibility for repair and maintenance and shall not cause obstruction in shafts. Where the horizontal run off the pipe is long or where the pipes cross over building expansion joints etc. suitable allowance shall be provided for any movements in the pipes by means of expansion joint etc. such that any such movement does not damage the installation in any way. The joint shall not be covered till the pipe line has been tested under pressure. Rest of pipe line shall be covered so as to prevent the expansion and contraction due to variation in temperature. Rainwater Pipes

All open terraces shall be drained by rain water down takes.

Rainwater down takes are separate and independent of the soil and waste system and will discharge into the underground storm water drainage system of the complex. Rainwater in open courtyards shall be collected in catch basins and connected to the Storm Water Drains. Any dry weather flow from waste appliances, e.g. AHU's pump rooms, waste water sumps shall connected to sewers after traps and not in the storm water drainage systems. Balcony / Planter drainage

Page 161: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE -V RESIDENCES (CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

Wherever required, all balconies, terraces, planters and other frontal landscape areas will be drained by vertical down takes or other type of drainage system shown on the drawings and directed by the Project Manager.

6. TRAPS

6.1 Floor Traps Floor traps shall be as specified in the schedule of quantities shall be with a minimum 50 mm (or as called for in the schedule of quantities) deep seal. The trap and waste pipes when buried below ground shall be set and encased in cement concrete blocks firmly supported on firm ground or when installed on a sunken RCC structural slab. The blocks shall be in 1:2:4 mix (1 cement : 2 coarse sand : 4 stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size). Contractor shall provide all necessary shuttering and centering for the blocks. Size of the block shall be 30 x 30 erns of the required depth.

6.2 Floor Trap Inlet/Hopper

Bath room traps and connection shall ensure free and silent flow of discharging water. Where specified, contractor shall provide a special type of floor inlet fitting fabricated from GI pipe, with one, two or three inlet sockets welded on side to connect the waste pipe. All joint between waste hopper and CI inlet socket shall be drip seal/Lead Caulked. Inlet shall be connected to a "P" trap. Floor trap inlet and the traps shall be set in cement concrete blocks where burned in floors without extra charge. Floor trap for the shower cubicle shall suit site and as per the approval of Owner's site representative. All fabricated hopper shall be hot dip galvanized.

6.3 Floor Trap Grating

Floor and urinal traps shall be provided with 100 - 150 mm square or round stainless steel gratings, with frame and rim of approved design and shape or as specified in the schedule of quantities approved by the Owner's site representative.

6.4 Cleanout Plugs Floor Clean Out Plug Clean out plug for soil, waste or rain water pipes laid under floors shall be provided near pipe junctions bends, tees, "Y" and on straight runs at such intervals as required as per site conditions. Cleanout plugs shall terminate flush with the floor level. They shall be threaded and provided with key holes for opening. Cleanout plugs shall be cast brass suitable for the pipe dia. With screwed to a GI socket. The socket shall be drip seal joined/ Lead Caulked to the drain pipes. Cleanout on Drainage Pipes Cleanout plugs shall be provided on head of each drain and in between at locations indicated on plans or directed by Owner's site representative. Cleanout plugs shall be of size matching the full bore of the pipe but no exceeding 150 mm dia CO plugs on drains of greater diameters shall be 150 mm dia. Fixed with a suitable reducing adapter.

.

Page 162: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES (CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

Cleanouts provided at ceiling level pipe shall be fixed to a CI flanged tail piece. The cleanout doors shall be specially fabricated from light weight galvanized sheets and angles with hinged type doors with fly nuts, gasket etc. as per drawing.

7. PIPE SLEEVES

Pipe sleeves, next larger diameter than pipes shall be provided wherever pipes pass through walls & slabs and annular space filled with fiberglass & finished with retainer rings. All pipes shall be accurately cut to the required sizes in accordance with relevant BIS codes and burrs removed before laying. Open ends of the pipe shall be closed as the pipe is installed to avoid entrance of foreign matter.

8. PIPE PROTECTION

Soil and waste pipes under floor in sunken slabs and in wall chases (when cut specially for the pipe) shall be encased in cement concrete 1:2:4 mix (1 cement : 2 coarse sand : 4 stone aggregate of 12 mm size) 10 cm bed and around. When pipes are running well above the structural slabs, the encased pipes shall be supported with suitable cement concrete pillars of required height and size at intervals directed by the Project Manager.

9. CUTTING AND MAKING GOOD

Pipes shall be fixed and tested as building proceeds. The contractor shall provide all necessary holes, cutouts and chases in structural members as building work proceeds. Wherever holes are cut or left originally they shall be made good with cement concrete 1:2:4 (1 cement : 2 coarse sand : 4 stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size) or cement mortar 1:2 (1 cement : 2 coarse sand). Cured and the surface restored to original condition.

10. PAINTING

Use paint and coatings that comply with the following limits for VOC content and the following chemical restrictions: ➢ Non-Flat Paints and Coatings: VOC not more than 150 g/L. ➢ Anti-Corrosive Coatings VOC not more than 250 g/L. ➢ Aromatic Compounds: Paints and coatings shall not contain more than 1.0 percent

by weight total aromatic compounds (hydrocarbon compounds containing one or more benzene rings).

➢ Paints and coatings shall not contain any of the following:

Acrolien Acrylontrile Antimony Benzene Buty benzyl phthalate Cadmium Di (2-ethylhey1) phthalate Di-n-butyl phthalate Di-n-octy phthalate k.„ .... _ 1,2-dichlorobenzene

.

Page 163: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (CIVIL & PLUMBING)

Diethy phthalate Dimenthyl phthalate Ethyl benzene

CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

Soil, waste, vent and rain water pipes in exposed location, in shafts shall be painted with two or more coats of ready mix Low - VOC oil paint to give an even shade. Before painting all dust and extraneous matter shall be removed.

Paint shall be of approved quality and shade. Where directed by the Owner's site representative pipes shall be painted in accordance with approved pipe colour code. Pipe in chase shall be painted with two coats of bitumen paint, covered with polythene tape and a final coat of bitumen paint. Exposed pipes shall be painted with synthetic enamel paint after removing dust and extraneous matter.

C.I. Soil and waste pipes below ground and covered in cement concrete shall not be painted.

11. TESTING

Testing shall be done in accordance with IS:1172 and IS:5329 except as may be modified herein under. Entire drainage system shall be tested for water tightness and smoke tightness during and after completion of the installation. No portion of the system shall remain untested. Contractor must have adequate number of expandable rubber bellow plugs, manometers, smoke testing machines, pipe and fitting work tests, All materials obtained and used on site must have manufacturer's hydraulic test certificate for each batch of materials used on the site. Before use at site all CI pipes shall be tested by filling up with water for at least 30 minutes. After filling, pipes shall be struck with a hammer and inspected for blow holes and cracks. All defective pipes shall be rejected and removed from the site within 48 hours. Pipes with minor sweating may be accepted at the discretion of the Project Manager. Soil and waste pipes shall be tested in sections after installation, by filling up the stack with water. All openings and connections shall be suitably plugged as approved by the Project Manager. The total head in the stack shall be 4.5 m at the highest point of the section under test. The period of test shall be minimum for 30 minutes or as directed by the Project Manager. If any leakage is visible, the defective part of the work shall be cut out and made good.

On completion of the work the entire installation shall be tested by smoke testing machine. The test shall be conducted after the plumbing fixtures are installed and all traps have water seal or by plugging the outlets with bellow plugs. Apply dense smoke keeping the top of stack open and observe for leakages. Rectify or replace defective sections.

After the installation is fully complete, it should be tested by flushing the toilets, running atleast 20% of all taps simultaneously and ensuring that the entire system is self draining, has no leakages, blockages etc. rectify and replace where required.

.

Page 164: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES (CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

A test register shalt be maintained and all entries shall be signed and dated by the Contractor and the Project Manager or his representative. All pipes in wall chase or meant to be encased or burried shall be hydro tested before the chase in plastered or the pipe encased or hurried.

Page 165: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

nI

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES (CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

SECTION-05:: EXTERNAL DRAINAGE (SEWAGE & STORM WATER DISPOSAL) 1. SCOPE

The scope of this section comprises the supply, installation, testing and commissioning of external drainage & sewage disposal services.

1.1 General Scheme

The contractor shall install a drainage system to effectively collect, drain and dispose all soil and waste water from various parts of the buildings, appurtenances and equipment. The piping system shall finally terminate and discharge into the STP. The piping system shall be vented suitably at the starting point of all branch drains, main drains, the highest/lowest point of drain and at intervals as shown. All ventilating arrangements shall be unobstructive and concealed. The work shall be executed strictly in accordance with IS: 1742. The sewage system shall be subject to smoke test for its soundness as directed by the Project Manager. Wherever the sewerage pipes run above water supply lines, same shall be completely encased in cement concrete 1:2:4 all round with the prior approval of the Project Manager. Without restricting to the generality of the foregoing, the drainage system shall inter-alia include: a. Sewer lines including earth work for excavation, disposal, back filling and

compaction, pipe lines, manholes, drop connections and connections to the municipal or existing sewer.

b. Storm water drainage, earth works for excavation, disposal, backfilling and

compaction, pipe lines, manholes, catch basins and connections to the existing municipal storm water drain or connected as indicated by the Project Manager.

General Requirements

All materials shall be new and of quality conforming to specifications and subject to the approval of the Owner's site representative. Wherever particular makes are mentioned, the choice of selection shall remain with the Architect / Consultant / Owner's site representative.

Drainage lines and open drains shall be laid to the required gradients and profiles.

All drainage work shall be done in accordance with the local municipal bye-laws.

Contractor shall obtain necessary approval and permission for the drainage system from the municipal or any other competent authority.

Location of all manholes, etc shall be got confirmed by the Project Manager before the actual execution of work at site. As far as possible, no drains or sewers shall be laid in the middle of road unless otherwise specifically shown on the drawings or directed by the Project Manager in writing.

All materials shall be rust proofed; materials in direct or indirect contact shall be compatible to prevent electroIy 'c or chemical (bimetallic) corrosion.

.

Page 166: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

ti

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES (CIVIL & PLUMBING) COMTINAGAR LUCKNOW (U.P.)

2. TRENCHING FOR PIPES AND DRAINS

2.1 General

All the material shall be new of best quality conforming to specifications and subject to the approval of the Architects. Drainage lines shall be laid to the required gradients and profiles. All drainage work shall be done in accordance with the local municipal by-laws.

Contractor shall obtain necessary approval and permission for the drainage system from the municipal or any other competent authority. Location of all manholes, catch basins etc. shall be finalized and shown in approved shop drawings before the actual execution of work at site. All work shall be executed as directed by the Project Manager.

2.2 Alignment & Grade

The sewer and storm water drainage pipes shall be carefully laid to levels and gradients shown in the plans and sections but subject to modifications as shall be ordered by the Architects from time to time to meet the requirements of the works. Great care shall be taken to prevent sand etc. from entering the pipes. The pipes between two manholes shall be laid truly in straight lines without vertical or horizontal undulations. The body of the pipes shall rest on an even bed in the trench for its length and places shall be excavated to receive collar for the purpose of jointing. No deviations from the lines, depths of cuttings or gradients as called for on the drawings shall be permitted without the written approval of the Architect. All pipes shall be laid at least 60cms below the finished ground level or as called for on the drawings.

2.3 Setting out Trenches The contractor shall set out all trenches, manholes, chambers and such other works to true grades and alignments as called for. He shall provide the necessary instruments for setting out and verification for the same. All trenches shall be laid to true grade and in straight lines and as shown on the drawings. The trenches shall be laid to proper levels by the assistance of boning rods and sight rails which shall be fixed at intervals not exceeding 10 meters or as directed by the Project Manager.

2.4 Trench Excavation

The trenches for the pipes shall be excavated with bottoms formed to level and gradients as shown on the drawings or as directed by the Project Manager. In soft and filled in ground, the Project Manager may require the trenches to be excavated to a greater depth than the shown on the drawings and to fill up such additional excavation with concrete (1:4:8) consolidated to bring the excavation to the required levels as shown on the drawings.

All excavations shall be properly protected where necessary by suitable timbering, piling and sheeting as approved by the Project Manager. All timbering and sheeting when withdrawn shall be done gradually to avoid falls. All cavities be adequately filled and consolidated. No blasting shall be allowed without prior approval in writing from the Architect. It shall be carried out under thorough and competent supervision, with the written permission of the appropriate authorities taking full precautions connected with the blasting operations. All excavated earth shall be kept clear of the trenches to a distance equal to 75 crns.

2.5 Timbering of Sewer and Trenches

.

Page 167: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES (CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

The Contractor shall at all times support efficiently and effectively the sides of all the trenches and other excavations by suitable timbering, piling and sheeting and they shall be close timbered in loose or sandy starta and below the surface of the sub soil water level.

All timbering, sheeting and piling with their wallings and supports shall be of adequate dimensions and strength and fully braced and strutted so that no risk of collapse or subsidence of the walls of the trench shall take place. The Contractor shall be held responsible and shall be accountable for the sufficiency of all timbering, bracings, sheeting and piling used and also for, all damage to persons and property resulting from improper quality strength placing, maintaining or removing of the same.

2.6 Shoring of Buildings

The Contractor shall shore up all buildings, walls and other structures, the stability of which is liable to be endangered by the execution of the work and shall be fully responsible for all damages to persons or property resulting from any accident.

2.7 Obstruction Road

The contractor shall not occupy or obstruct by his operation more than one half of the width of any road or street and sufficient space shall then be left for public and private transit. He shall remove the materials excavated and bring them back again when the trench is required to be refilled. The contractor shall obtain the consent of the Project Manager in writing before closing any road to vehicular traffic and the foot walks must be clear at all times.

2.8 Protection of Pipes etc.

All pipes, water mains, cables etc. met in the course of excavation shall be carefully protected and supported. Care shall be taken not to disturb the cables, the removal of which shall be arranged by the contractor with the written consent from the Project Manager.

2.9 Trench Back Filling Refilling of the trenches shall not be commenced until the length of pipes therein has been tested and approved. All timbering which may be withdrawn safely shall be removed as filling proceeds. Where the pipes are unprotected by concrete hunching, selected fine material shall be carefully hand-packed around the lower half of the pipes so as to buttress them to the sides of the trench. The refilling shall then be continued to 150mm over the top of the pipe using selected fine hand packed material, watered and rammed on both sides of the pipes with a wooden hammer. The process of filling and tamping shall proceed evenly in layers not exceeding 150rnm thickness, each layer being watered and consolidated so as to maintain an equal pressure on both sides of the pipe line. In gardens and fields the top solid and turf if any, shall be carefully replaced.

2.10 Contractor to restore settlement and Damages

.

Page 168: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES (CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

The contractor shall at his own costs and expenses, make good promptly during the whole period for the works in hand if any settlement occurs in the surfaces of roads, beams, footpaths, gardens, open spaces etc. in the public or private areas caused by his trenches or by his other excavations and he shall be liable for any accident caused thereby. He shall also, at his own expense and charges, repair (and make good) any damage done to building and other property. If in the opinion of the Project Manager he fails to make good such works with all practicable dispatch, the Project Manager shall be at his liberty to get the work done by other means and the expenses thereof shall be paid by the contractor or deducted from any money that may be or become due to him or recovered from him by any other manner according to the laws of land. The contractor shall at his own costs and charges provide places for disposal of all surplus materials not required to be used on the works. As each trench is refilled, surplus soil shall be immediately removed, the surface shall be properly restored and roadways and sides shall be left clear.

2.11 Removal of Water from Sewer, Trench etc.

The contractor shall at all times during the progress of work keep the excavations free from water which shall be disposed by him in a manner as will neither cause injury to the public health nor to the public or private property nor to the work completed or in progress nor to the surface of any road or streets, nor cause any interference with the use of the same by the public. If any excavation is carried out at any point or points to a greater width of the specified cross section of the sewer with its cover, the full width of the trench shall be filled with concrete by the contractor at his own expense and charges to the requirements of the Project Manager.

2.12 Removal of Filth

All night soil, filth or any other offensive mater met with during the execution of the works, shall not be deposited on the surface of any street or where it is likely to be a nuisance or passed into any sewer or drain but shall be immediately, after it is taken out of any trench, sewer or cess pool, put into the carts and removed to a suitable place to be provided by the Contractor.

2.13 Width of Trench

The Project Manager shall have power by giving an order in writing to the Contractor to increase the maximum width/depth for excavation and backfilling in trenches for various classes of sewer, manholes and other works in certain length to be specifically laid down by him, where on account of bad ground on other unusual conditions, he considers that such increased width/depths are necessary in view of the site conditions.

3. PIPING MATERIAL

3.1 RCC pipes

All pipes shall be centrifugally spun RCC pipes NP2 or as called for in the schedule of quantities. Pipes shall be true and straight with uniform bore throughout. Cracked, warped pipes shall not be used on the York. All pipes shall be tested by the manufacturer and the

.

Page 169: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES (CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW

Contractor shall produce, prior to use on site, a certificate to that effect from the manufacturer. The pipes shall be with or without reinforcement as required and of the class as specified. These shall conform to IS:458-1971. All pipes shall be true to shape, straight, perfectly sound and free from cracks and flaws. The external and internal surface of the pipes shall be smooth and hard. The pipes shall be free from defects resulting from imperfect grading of the aggregate mixing or moulding. Laying RCC spun pipes shall be laid on cement concrete bed of cradles as specified and shown on the detailed drawings. The cradles may be precast and sufficiently cured to prevent cracks and breakage in handling. The invert of the cradles shall be left 12 mm below the invert level of the pipe and properly placed on the soil to prevent any disturbance. The pipe shall then be placed on the bed concrete or cradles and set for the line and gradient by means of sight rails and boning rods, etc. Cradles or concrete bed may be omitted, if directed by the Project Manager. jointing Semi flexible type collar joint. Hemp rope soaked in neat cement wash shall be passed round the joint and inserted in it by means of caulking tool. More skein of yarn shall be added and rammed home. Cement mortar with one part of cement and two part of sand and with minimum water content but on no account soft or sloppy, shall be carefully inserted, punched and caulked into the collar and more cement mortar added until the space of the collar has been filled completely with tightly caulked mortar. Provision of rubber sealing ring in the collar joint shall also be made. The joint shall then be finished off neatly outside the socket at an angle of 45 deg. Curing: The joint shall be cured for at least seven days. Refilling at joints will be permitted only on satisfactory completion of curing period. Cement Concrete for Pipe Supports: a. Unless otherwise directed by the Project Manager cement concrete for bed, all round or in haunches shall be as follows:

Stoneware pipes buried in open ground (no sub soil water)

RCC or SW in sub soil water

PVC / HDPE pipe

CI Pipes (in all conditions)

upto 1.5 m upto 3 m beyond 3 m depth depth depth

All round In Haunches In Haunches (1:3:6) (1:3:6) (1:3:6)

All round In Haunches In Haunches (1:3:6) (1:3:6) c1:3:6)

All round In Haunches In Haunches (1:2:4) (1:3:6) (1:3:6)

All round In Haunches In Haunches

r\ (1:4:8) (1:4:8) (1:4:8)

.

Page 170: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (CIVIL & PLUMBING)

All pipes under building

CONSTRUCTION OF UP POLICE IIHAWAN AT SECTOR-7

DARULSHAFALUCKNOW (U.P.)

All round All round All round (1:2:4) (1:2:4) (1:2:4)

b. Pipes may be supported on brick masonry or precast RCC or in situ cradles. Cradles shall be as shown on the drawings.

c. Pipes in loose soil or above ground shall be supported on brick or stone masonry

pillars as shown on the drawings. Measurement:

a. Excavation Measurement for excavation of pipes trenches shall be made per linear meter.

b. Trenches shall be measurement between outside walls of manholes at top and the

depth shall be the average depth between the two ends to the nearest cm. The rate quoted shall be for a depth upto 1.5 metre or as given in the Bill of Quantifies. Payment for trenches more than 1.5 m in depth shall be made for extra depth as given in the Bill of Quantities and above the rate for depth upto 1.5 m.

.

Page 171: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF UP POLICE EHAWAN AT SECTOR-7 (CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCI(NOW (U.P.)

RCC pipes shall be measured for length of the pipe line per linear meter.

i. Length between manholes shall be recorded from inside of one manhole or inside of other manhole.

ii. Length between gully trap and manhole shall be recorded between socket of pipe near gully trap and inside of manhole.

3.2 UPVC Pipes and Fittings

The pipes shall be round and shall be supplied in straight lengths with socketed ends. The internal and external surfaces of pipes shall be smooth, clean, free from groovings and other defects. The ends shall be cleanly cut and square with the axis of the pipe. The pipes shall be designed by external diameter. Fittings Fittings shall be of the same make as that of pipes, injection moulded and shall conform to Indian Standard. Laying in Trenches UPVC pipes shall be laid on cement concrete bed of width 300mm over the outside diameter of pipe, and 100 mm thickness. Fine sand shall be carefully filled around the lower half of the pipes so as to buttress them to the sides of the trench.

The filling shall then be continued to 150mm over the top of the pipe using fine sand, watered and rammed on both sides of the pipes. The process of filling and ramming with fine hand picked material shall proceed evenly in layers not exceeding 150mm thickness, each layer being watered and consolidated so as to maintain an equal pressure on both sides of the pipe line.

3.3 Salt Glazed Stoneware Pipes Stoneware pipes if called for in the schedule of quantities shall be new and of First Class quality salt glazed and free from rough texture inside and outside and straight. All pipes shall comply with IS:651 and have the manufacturers name marked on them. Laying of Salt Glazed Stoneware Pipes: Pipes are liable to be damaged in transit and notwithstanding tests that may have been made before dispatch each pipe shall be examined carefully on arrival at site. Each pipe shall be lightly struck with a wooden hammer or mallet and those that do not ring true and clear shall be rejected. Sound pipes shall be carefully stacked to prevent damage. All defective pipes shall be segregated, marked in a conspicuous manner and their use in the works prevented by expeditiously removing them from the work site.

The pipes shall be laid with sockets leading uphill and shall rest on solid and even foundations for the full length of the barrel. Socket holes shall be formed in the foundation sufficiently deep to allow the pipe jointer room to work right round the pipe and as short as practicable to admit the socket and allow the joint to be made.

Where pipes are not bedded on concrete the trench bottom shall be left slightly high and carefully bottomed up as pipj laying proceeds so that the pipe barrels rest on firm

.

Page 172: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF UP POLICE I3HAWAN AT SECTOR-7 (CIVIL & PLUMBING) COMT1NAGAR LUCKNOW (U.P.)

ground. If excavation has been carried to low it shall be made up with cement concrete 1:4:8 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand : 8 stone aggregate 20mm nominal size) at the Contractor's cost and charges Jointing of Salt Glazed Stoneware Pipes: Tarred gaskin shall first be wrapped round the spigot of each pipe and the spigot shall then be placed into the socket of the pipe previously laid, the pipe shall then be adjusted and fixed in its correct position and the gaskin caulked tightly home so as to fill not more than one quarter of the total length of the socket.

The remainder of the socket shall be filled with stiff mix of cement mortar (1cement: 1 clear sharp washed sand). When the socket is filled, a fillet shall be of 45 degrees with the barrel of that pipe. The mortar shall be mixed as needed for immediate use and no mortar shall be beaten up and used after it has begun to set. After the joint has been made any extraneous materials shall be removed from the inside of the joint with a suitable scarper of "badger". The newly made joints shalt be protected until set, from the sun, drying winds, rain or dust. Sackling or other materials which can be kept damp shall be used. The joints shall be exposed and space left all around the pipes for inspection by the Project Manager. The inside of the sewer must be left absolutely clear in bore and free from cement mortar or other obstructions throughout its entire length, and shall efficiently drain and discharge. S.W. Gully Trap Gully trap shall be stoneware conforming to IS:651. These shall be sound and free from visible defects such as fire cracks, or hair cracks. The glaze of the traps shall be free from cracks. They shall give a sharp clear note when struck with light hammer. There shall be no broken blisters. Each gully trap shall have one CI grating of square size corresponding to the dimensions of inlet of gully trap. It will also have a water tight CI cover with frame inside dimensions 300 x 300rrun the cover weighing not less than 4.5 kg and the frame not less than 2.7kg. The grating cover and frame shall be of good casting and shall have truly square machined seating faces. Fixing of S.W. Gully Trap The excavation for gully traps shall be done true to dimensions and levels as indicated on plans or as directed by the Project Manager /Consultant / Architect. The gully traps shall be fixed on cement concrete foundation 65cm square and not less than 10cm thick. The mix for the concrete will be 1:4:8. The jointing of gully outlet to the branch drain shall be done similar to the jointing of S.W. Pipes described earlier. After fixing and testing gully and branch drain, a brick work of specified class in cement mortar 1:5 shall be built with a half brick masonry work round the gully trap from the top of the bed concrete upto ground level. The space between the chamber and trap shall be filled in with cement concrete 1:3:6. The upper portion of the chamber i.e. above the top level of the trap shall be plastered inside the cement mortar 1:3 finish with a floating coat of neat cement. The corners and bottom of the chamber shall be rounded off so as to slope towards the grating.

CI cover with frame 300 x 300 mm (inside) shall then be fixed on the top of the brick masonry with cement concrete 1:2:4 and rendered smooth. The finished top cover shall be so as to prevent the surface water from entering the gully trap. Measurements

.

Page 173: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF UP POLICE IIHAWAN AT SECTOR-7 (CIVIL & PLUMBING) OOPYITINAGAR LUCKNOW (U.P.)

Gully traps shall be measured by the number and rate which shall include all excavation, foundation, concrete, brick masonry, cement plaster inside and outside, C I grating and sealed cover and frame.

4. CONSTRUCTION OF MANHOLE Where manholes are to be constructed, the excavation, filling back and ramming, disposal of surplus earth, preparation of bottom and sides etc. shall be carried out as described earlier under trench excavation. Manhole shall be sized and depths as called for in the drawings and Bill of Quantities.

The manhole shall be built on a base concrete 1:3:6 of 150mm thickness for manholes upto 1500mm depth and 250rnm thickness for manholes from 1500 to 2500mm depth and 300mm thickness manholes of depth greater than 2500mm. Reinforcement as shown shall be provided in the base slabs.

The walls shall be of brick work of thickness as shown in drawings built in cement mortar 1:5. The joints of brick work shall be raked and plastered internally in cement mortar 1:3 (at least 12 mm thick) and finish with a coat of neat cement, external plaster shall be rough plaster in 1:3, PCC benching & semi circular channels of the same diameter as the pipes shall be provided and finished with neat cement coating. Above the horizontal diameter, the sides of channel shall be extended vertically to the same level as the crown of the outgoing pipe and the top edge shall be suitably rounded off. The branch channels shall also be similarly constructed with respect to the benching but at their junction with the main channel an appropriate fall suitably rounded off in the direction of flow in the main channel shall be given. All manholes / sumps shall be provided with poly propylene coated steel reinforced foot rest. The polypropylene shall confirm to ASTM D- 4101 specification, injection moulded around 12 mm dia IS-1786 grade FE-415 steel reinforcing bar. These rungs shall be set at 30cms interval in two vertical runs at 380mm apart horizontally. The top rung shall be 450mm below the manhole cover. Unless otherwise mentioned, manholes shall be constructed to the requirements of Indian Standard 1S:4111 (Part I). All manholes shall be constructed so as to be water tight under test. All angles shall be rounded to a 75mm radius with cement plaster 20mm thick. The benching at the side shall be carried out in such a manner so as to provide no lodgment for any splashing in case of accidental flooding. Manhole cover with frame shall be of cast iron of an approved make. The covers and frame shall generally be double seal as specified in the Bill of Quantities.

4.1 Measurements

Manhole shall be measured in numbers as indicated in the Bill of Quantity. The depth of manhole shall be measured from invert of channel to the top of manhole cover. Manhole with depth greater than specified under the main item shall be paid for under 'Extra Depth' and shall include all items as given for manholes depth will be measured to the nearest cm. Depth of the manholes shall be measured from top of the manhole cover to bottom of channel. The following are inclusive in the cost of manhole viz;

i. Bed concrete ii. Brick work. iii. Plastering (inside & outside) iv. R C C top slab, benching IIId channeling including drop connections.

.

Page 174: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES (CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

v. Supply and fix foot rests. vi. Keeping holes and embedding pipes for all the connections. vii. Excavation, refilling, necessary de-watering and disposing off surplus soil to a

places as directed by Project Manager. viii. Curing. ix Cost of angle frame and embedding the frame in concrete bed. x Testing. xi De-watering of chambers.

4.2. Drop Connection

Drop connection shall be provided between branch sewer and main sewer in the main sewer itself in steep ground when the difference in invert level of two exceeds 60 cms of the required sizes. Drop connections from gully traps to main sewer in rectangular shall be made inside the manholes and shall have CI special types door bend on to top and heel rest bend at bottom connected by a CI pipe. The pipe shall be supported by holder bat clamps at 180 cms intervals with atleast one clamp for each drop connection. All joints shall be lead caulked joints 25mm deep. Drop connections from branch sewer to main sewer shall be made outside the manhole wall with CI / CI class LA pipe, connection, vertical pipe and bend at the bottoms. The top of the tee shall be finished upto the surface level and provided with a CI hinges type frame and cover 30cms x 30cms. The connection and tee upto the surface chamber of the tee.

Drop connection made from vertical stacks directly into manholes shall not be considered as drop connections.

4.3 Making Connections

Contractor shall connect the new sewer Iine to the existing manhole by cutting the walls benching and restoring them to the original condition. A new channel shall be cut in the benching of the existing manhole for the new connection. Contractor shall remove all sewage and water if encountered in making the connection without additional cost.

5. GREASE TRAP

5.1 Size of Grease Trap

The size given in Bill of Quantities and drawings shall be internal size of chamber. The work shall be done strictly as per standard drawing and following specifications.

5.2 Bed Concrete

Shall be in 1:4:8 cement concrete 150 mm thick.

5.3 Brick work

Brick work shall be with best quality bricks in 1:5 CEMENT MORTAR.

Baffle walls shall be of R.C.0 and of size as mentioned in Bill of Quantities. Brick partition constructed of best quality table moulded bricks in cement mortar 1:5 shall be provided for the entire height of chamber.

.

Page 175: INTRODUCTION The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW · PDF fileINTRODUCTION . The site is located at DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.) However, ... 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK . The scope of work

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 40 NO TYPE - V RESIDENCES (CIVIL & PLUMBING) DARULSHAFA LUCKNOW (U.P.)

5.4 Plaster The walls of chamber shall be plastered from inside with 12 mm thick cement plaster 1:3 and finished smooth with a floating coat of neat cement & rough plaster on outside in cement mortar 1:3.

5.5 Chamber Covers

Covers shall be of size and duty as mentioned in Bill of Quantities. Covers shall be of cast iron as per the details given in the drawing and shalt be fixed on frame embedded in concrete. C. I steps shall be provided at two corners of the chamber.

All Cast Iron and MS items shall be painted with two coats of bitumastic paint. 5.6 Cast iron Manhole cover and Frame

The Cast Iron Manhole Cover and Frame shall conform to IS:1726 and the grade and types have been specified in the Bill of Quantities. The cover and frames shall be cleanly cast and they shall be free from air and sand holes and from cold shuts. They shall be neatly dressed and carefully trimmed. All castings shall be free from voids whether due to shrinkage, gas inclusion or other causes. Covers shall have a raised checkered design on the top surface to provide an adequate non-slip grip.

The sizes of covers specified shall be taken as the clear internal dimensions of the frame.

The covers and frames shall be coated with a black bituminous composition. The coating shall be smooth and tenacious. It shall not flow when exposed to a temperature of 63° C and shall not brittle as to chip off at a temperature of 0° C.

6. TESTING

All rights of the sewer and drain shall be carefully tested for water tightness by means of water pressure maintained for not less than 30 minutes. Testing shall be carried out from manhole to manhole. All pipes shall be subject to a test pressure of 1.5 meter head of water. The test pressure will however, not exceed 6 meters head at any point. The pipes shall be plugged preferably with standard design plugs or with rubber plugs on both sides, the upper end shall, however, be connected to a pipe for filling with water and getting the required head poured at one time.

Sewer lines shall be tested for straightness by :

i. Inserting a smooth ball 12 mm less than the internal diameter of the pipe. In the absence of obstructions such as yarn or mortar projecting at the joints the ball shall roll down the invert of the pipe and emerge at the lower end.

means of a mirror at one end a lamp at the other end. If the pipe is straight the full circle of light will be seen otherwise obstructions or deviations will be apparent.

iii. The contractor shall give a smoke test to the drain and sewer at his own expense

and charges, if directed by the Owner's site representative.

iv. A test register shall be maintained which shall be signed and dated by contractor and Owner's site representative.